Paper 2 Chem 2010-2015

Past Papers
Paper 2
Chemistry 5070 O levels
2010-2015
Compiled by Zarish
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*1948971923*
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
Paper 2 Theory May/June 2010
1 hour 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No additional materials are required.
READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Write your answers in the spaces provided in the Question Paper.
Section B
Answer any three questions.
A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 20.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together. For Examiner’s Use
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part
question. Section A
B7
B8
B9
B10
Total
This document consists of 17 printed pages and 3 blank pages.
DC (LEO/KN) 21250/1
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided. Use
The total mark for this section is 45.
A1 Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions below.

BaSO4
CH4
C2H4
C3H8
CO2
CaCO3
CF3Cl
K2Cr2O7
MgSO4
NaCl
ZnSO4
Each compound can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which compound
(a) is responsible for ozone depletion,
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is formed by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter,
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) is used to remove sulfur dioxide in flue gas desulfurisation,
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) is an insoluble salt,
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is orange in colour,
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) decolourises aqueous bromine?
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

3
A2 Lithium, sodium and potassium are elements in Group I of the Periodic Table. Francium, Fr, For
is another element in Group I. Examiner’s
Use
(a) How many electrons are in there in the outer shell of a francium atom?
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Complete the following table about an atom of francium.
mass number 223
proton (atomic) number
number of protons
number of electrons
number of neutrons
[2]
(c) Predict two physical properties of francium.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) A scientist predicts that francium reacts violently with water.

Write the equation for this reaction.
[1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10 [Turn over

4
A3 The diagram below shows apparatus that can be used to investigate the rate of reaction For
between zinc and hydrochloric acid. Examiner’s
Use
cotton wool
zinc hydrochloric acid
g balance
(a) Write the equation, including state symbols, for the reaction between zinc and
hydrochloric acid.
[2]
(b) The graph shows the change in mass that occurs during the reaction between zinc and
hydrochloric acid.
mass
time
(i) Explain why the mass decreases during the course of the reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Exactly the same experiment was repeated but with a catalyst added.
Sketch on the graph the results that would be obtained in the presence of the
catalyst. [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

5
(c) Explain why zinc reacts more slowly with dilute hydrochloric acid than with concentrated For
hydrochloric acid. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Explain why hydrochloric acid reacts much faster with zinc powder than with lumps of
zinc.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Zinc is added to excess hydrochloric acid. Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added drop by
drop to this reaction mixture until it is in excess. Describe what you would observe.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 11]

6
A4 The electrical conductivity of a substance is related to its structure and bonding. For
Examiner’s
(a) Graphite and diamond are both forms of solid carbon. Explain why graphite conducts Use
electricity but diamond does not.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Explain why solid sodium chloride does not conduct electricity whereas aqueous sodium
chloride does conduct electricity.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Complete the following table about electrolysis using inert graphite electrodes.
electrolyte product at cathode product at anode

molten lead(II)
bromide
aqueous copper(II)
copper
sulfate
dilute sulfuric acid oxygen

[3]
(d) Describe one commercial use of electrolysis.
use ...................................................................................................................................
electrolyte used ................................................................................................................
ionic equation for reaction at the cathode ........................................................................

[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

7
A5 Ethanol, C2H5OH, can be manufactured by two different processes. For

Examiner’s
• process 1 – the catalysed addition of steam to ethene Use
• process 2 – the fermentation of glucose
(a) Name the type of reaction used to manufacture ethene.
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) (i) Write the equation for process 1.
[1]
(ii) Suggest the name of the alcohol made when the alkene C3H6 reacts with steam in
the presence of a catalyst.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(c) The equation for process 2 is shown below.
C6H12O6(aq) 2C2H5OH(aq) + 2CO2(g)
(i) Describe two essential conditions required for efficient fermentation.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
(ii) Suggest one advantage of manufacturing ethanol by process 2 rather than by

process 1.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(d) Process 2 makes an aqueous solution of ethanol. Suggest a method of purification that
can be used to remove water from the aqueous ethanol.
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Describe a chemical test which could be used to positively identify the carbon dioxide
formed during fermentation.
test ...................................................................................................................................
observation ................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 8]

8
A6 Plastics are made of macromolecules called polymers. In the middle of the Pacific Ocean For
there is a huge area of water that is contaminated with small bits of plastics. The waste Examiner’s
plastics have been washed away from coastlines. Use
(a) Part of the structure of one of the polymers found in the ocean is shown below.
C 2H 5 H C 2H5 H C 2H 5 H C 2H 5 H
C C C C C C C C
H H H H H H H H
(i) Name this type of polymer.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of the monomer used in the manufacture of this polymer.
[1]
(iii) Explain why this polymer is described as a saturated hydrocarbon.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(b) Suggest why this polymer is not destroyed in water.
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
Answer three questions from this section in the spaces provided. Use
B7 Hydrazine, N2H4, is a liquid that has been used as a rocket fuel. It reacts with oxygen as
shown in the equation.
N2H4 + O2 N2 + 2H2O
This reaction is highly exothermic.
(a) Suggest why the combustion of hydrazine has very little environmental impact.
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Explain, in terms of the energy changes which occur during bond breaking and bond
forming, why the combustion of hydrazine is exothermic.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) (i) Calculate the volume of oxygen, measured at room temperature and pressure,
needed to completely combust 1.00 tonne of hydrazine.
[One tonne is 106 grams. One mole of any gas at room temperature and pressure
occupies a volume of 24 dm3.]
volume of oxygen = .............................. dm3 [3]
(ii) A rocket burns hydrazine in an atmosphere of oxygen. Both hydrazine and oxygen
are stored in the rocket as liquids. Suggest why oxygen is stored as a liquid rather
than as a gas.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10
11
(d) Hydrazine, N2H4, has similar chemical properties to ammonia. For

Examiner’s
(i) Hydrazine reacts with hydrochloric acid. Suggest the formula of the product of this Use
reaction.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Hydrazine is a covalent compound. Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for hydrazine.
[2]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 An ester is made from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol. For

Examiner’s
The carboxylic acid has the molecular formula C4H8O2. Analysis of the alcohol shows it has Use
the following percentage composition by mass:

52.2% carbon; 13.0% hydrogen; 34.8% oxygen.
(a) (i) Suggest a possible name for the carboxylic acid.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Draw a possible structure for the carboxylic acid.
[1]
(iii) What is the empirical formula for the carboxylic acid?
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(b) Calculate the empirical formula for the alcohol.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) (i) Name the ester formed when ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Suggest one commercial use of this ester.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

13
(d) Terylene is a polyester used to make clothing materials. For

Examiner’s
(i) Draw the partial structure of Terylene. Include all the atoms and all the bonds in the Use
ester linkage.
[2]
(ii) Which type of natural macromolecule contains the ester linkage?
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Hydrogen and iodine react together to form hydrogen iodide in a reversible redox reaction. For
The forward reaction is endothermic. Examiner’s
Use
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = +53 kJ mol–1
Hydrogen and hydrogen iodide are colourless gases whereas iodine gas is purple.
(a) What is meant by the term redox reaction?
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) A mixture of H2(g), I2(g) and HI(g) are in dynamic equilibrium at a pressure of
2 atmospheres and 200 °C.
The temperature of the mixture is increased to 500 °C but the pressure remains
unchanged.
Explain why the mixture becomes less purple in colour.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) Calculate the maximum mass of hydrogen iodide that can be made from 45.3 g of
hydrogen.
maximum mass of hydrogen iodide = .................................. g [3]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

15
(d) Hydrogen iodide is dissolved in water to make solution X. For

Examiner’s
(i) X is acidified with dilute nitric acid and then aqueous lead(II) nitrate is added. A Use
yellow precipitate is formed.

Write an ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
[2]
(ii) A small volume of acidified potassium manganate(VII) is added to X. The solution

changes colour to orange-brown.
From this description what can you deduce about the chemical properties of X?
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Fertilisers are used to promote plant growth and increase crop yield. For
Three fertilisers are potassium chloride, potassium nitrate and ammonium phosphate. Examiner’s
Use
(a) Potassium nitrate is a soluble salt that can be prepared by reaction between an acid and
an alkali.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction of an acid with an alkali to prepare potassium
chloride.
[1]
(ii) Describe the essential experimental details of this preparation of solid potassium
chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
(b) Ammonium phosphate is an ionic compound containing the phosphate ion, PO43-.
(i) Write the formula for ammonium phosphate.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium phosphate.
% by mass = ..................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

17
(c) A farmer adds excess calcium hydroxide to react with hydrogen ions in acidic soils. He For
then adds fertiliser to increase the nitrogen content of the soil. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Write an ionic equation to show the neutralisation of hydrogen ions by solid calcium
hydroxide.
[1]
(ii) Suggest why the farmer should use potassium nitrate rather than ammonium
phosphate to increase the nitrogen content of the soil.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(d) A scientist believes a water sample is contaminated by potassium nitrate.

Describe a chemical test to confirm the presence of aqueous nitrate ions.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

DATA SHEET
The Periodic Table of the Elements
© UCLES 2010
Group
I II III IV V VI VII 0
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
Lithium Beryllium Boron Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Fluorine Neon
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulfur Chlorine Argon
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Potassium Calcium Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper Zinc Gallium Germanium Arsenic Selenium Bromine Krypton
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
5070/22/M/J/10
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium Tin Antimony Tellurium Iodine Xenon
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
Caesium Barium Lanthanum Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum Gold Mercury Thallium Lead Bismuth Polonium Astatine Radon
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
Francium Radium Actinium
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
* 58–71 Lanthanoid series
† 90–103 Actinoid series Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
a a = relative atomic mass 232 231 238 237 244 243 247 247 251 252 257 258 259 260
Key X X = atomic symbol Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Californium Einsteinium Fermium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
b b = atomic (proton) number 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
The volume of one mole of any gas is 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure (r.t.p.).
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May / June 2010 5070 22
A1 (a) CF3Cl [1]
(b) CH4 / CO2 [1]
(c) CaCO3 [1]
(d) BaSO4 / CaCO3 [1]
(e) K2Cr2O7 [1]
(f) C2H4 [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) 1 / one [1]
(b) proton (atomic) number = 87

number of protons = 87
number of electrons = 87
number of neutrons = 136
All correct = 2 marks [2]

Any 3 correct = 1 mark
(c) Any two of:

• thermal conductor /
• electrical conductor /
• soft or cuts easily /
• low melting point or low boiling point /
• (relatively) low density or lightweight IGNORE: light
• malleable /
• ductile /
• shiny or silvery ALLOW: grey IGNORE: white / [2]
IGNORE: floats on water / sonorous.
IGNORE: chemical properties
IGNORE: comparisons e.g. heavier than lithium
(d) 2Fr + 2H2O → 2FrOH + H2 [1]

ALLOW: multiples
ALLOW: Fr + H2O → FrOH + ½H2
IGNORE: state symbols
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2010
A3 (a) Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq) → ZnCl2(aq) + H2(g) [2]

1 mark for correctly balanced equation ;
1 mark for correct state symbols (dependent on all formulae being correct)
(b) (i) gas escapes / hydrogen escapes / gas given off / hydrogen given off / gas released /
hydrogen released / gas produced / gas evolved / hydrogen is a gas ; [1]
NOT: hydrogen produced without qualification. ALLOW: ecf from wrong gas in
part (a)
(ii) downwards curve starting at the same point as the original curve but displayed to
the left (at least at first) ; [1]
Line ends at the same mass as the original ; [1]

NOT: curve dipping markedly below the horizontal section and then going
upwards to meet it
(c) (acid) particles in dilute acid are less crowded / there are fewer particles (of acid) in
a given volume / the particles (of acid) are further apart ; [1]
ALLOW: concentration of HCl particles is lower
ALLOW: molecules / ions in place of particles
ALLOW: reverse argument e.g. particles in concentrated acid are more crowded /
there are more particles (of acid) in a given volume etc
IGNORE: there are fewer molecules unqualified / there is more water there are more
moles in a given volume.
fewer collisions (in dilute acid) / less chance of collisions (in dilute acid) / frequency of
collisions lower (in dilute acid) ; [1]
ALLOW: reverse argument e.g. more collisions (in concentrated acid) / more
chance of collisions (in concentrated acid) ;
IGNORE: effective (collisions)
(d) more particles exposed / large(r) surface area ; [1]

ALLOW: atoms / ions in place of particles
more collisions / greater chance of collisions / particles collide more often / greater
frequency of collisions ; [1]
(e) white precipitate / ppt or white solid ; [1]

IGNORE: bubbles / colourless ppt / incorrectly named ppt
precipitate redissolves (in excess) / precipitate goes to (colourless) solution (in excess) ; [1]
ALLOW: this mark if wrong colour precipitate
NOTE: second mark dependent on ppt or solid stated for first mark
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2010
A4 (a) graphite has electron(s) that can move / are mobile / are delocalised ; [1]
ALLOW: graphite has free electron(s) / graphite has a sea of electrons
REJECT: implications of layers moving / ions have free electrons
diamond has all its electrons involved in bonding / has electron(s) that cannot move /
are not mobile / no delocalised electrons ; [1]
ALLOW: diamond has no free electron(s)
REJECT: mention of ions
(b) solid sodium chloride has ions fixed in position / ions cannot move ; [1]
IGNORE: electrons cannot move / ions can’t carry electricity / references to intermolecular
forces
ALLOW: ions are not free
REJECT: no ions to move
aqueous sodium chloride has ions that can move / are mobile ; [1]
ALLOW: ions are free
REJECT: reference to moving electrons as well as ions
IGNORE: ions carry electric charge / ions dislocated / ions delocalised /
(c) 1st row: lead at cathode and bromine at anode ; [1]

ALLOW: Pb at cathode / Br2 at anode
REJECT: lead(II) / Pb2+ / Br– / bromide
IGNORE: Br
2nd row: oxygen / O2 ; [1]
REJECT: O2–
IGNORE: O
3rd row: hydrogen / H2 ; [1]
REJECT: H+
IGNORE: H
(d) commercial use e.g. extraction of aluminium or any other element which is
definitely extracted by electrolysis / purification of copper / (electro)plating ; [1]
ALLOW: coating metals / hair removal / production of sodium hydroxide
NOT: electrolysis of named substance unqualified / reference to electrochemical cells
correct electrolyte / correct formula of electrolyte:

This mark is dependent on the correct use BUT allow if it is feasible e.g. zinc sulphate (given
incorrect use of zinc in the first part).
e.g. molten aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite / (aqueous) copper sulfate or
copper sulfate (solution) / for hair removal accept sweat or sodium chloride (solution). [1]
correct ionic equation: This mark is dependent on the electrolyte used; [1]
e.g. Al 3+ + 3e– → Al / Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu / 2H+ + 2e– → H2
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
A5 (a) cracking / thermal decomposition ; [1]
(b) (i) C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH [1]

ALLOW: C2H6O for the product
(ii) propanol; [1]

ALLOW: propan-1-ol / propan-2-ol
IGNORE: formulae
(c) (i) any two from: [2]

• temperature between 25°C to 40°C /
REJECT: high temperature IGNORE: room temperature
• yeast / zymase / enzymes /
IGNORE: catalyst alone
• absence of oxygen / anaerobic (conditions) / not exposed to air
• water REJECT: moisture / damp
• pH neutral / near neutral / pH 7
IGNORE: pressure / presence of glucose
(ii) any one of: [1]

renewable raw materials used or renewable fuel made NOT: renewable process /
conserves valuable resources / lower energy costs / lower temperature required / lower
pressure required / consumes less energy / atmospheric pressure required / specialised
equipment not required / simple apparatus required;
ALLOW: carbon neutral / carbon dioxide made (in this process) can be used for
photosynthesis (to make more glucose) NOT: carbon dioxide can be used for
photosynthesis alone
IGNORE: not as complicated / references to pollution / consumes energy without
qualification
NOT: costs alone / faster / uses glucose without qualification
(d) (fractional) distillation / fractionation; [1]

ALLOW: description of distillation e.g. evaporating then condensing the alcohol (first)
IGNORE: using an anhydrous salt / named anhydrous salt
(e) lime water goes milky / cloudy / chalky / misty / white precipitate [1]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2010
A6 (a) (i) addition ; [1]

ALLOW: additional
IGNORE: specific names
(ii) minimum required is C2H5CH=CH2 [1]
(iii) no (carbon-carbon) double bonds / only has (carbon-carbon) single bonds [1]
ALLOW: no hydrogen can be added / no addition reactions / carbons fully occupied by
(hydrogen atoms)
NOT: occupied by wrong atoms e.g. Cl atoms
NOT: has carbon-carbon single bonds
(b) non-biodegradeable / can’t be broken down by bacteria / insoluble in water / only soluble in
organic solvents [1]
ALLOW: doesn’t react with water / unreactive
IGNORE: it is a hydrocarbon / it is strongly bonded
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2010
B7 (a) non-polluting gases formed / harmless gases formed / nitrogen and water are harmless /
nitrogen and water are non-polluting / the products are non-polluting/the products are
harmless ; [1]
ALLOW: nitrogen and water don’t affect ozone / don’t contribute (as much) to greenhouse
effect / don’t contribute to acid rain
NOT: nitrogen and water less harmful / nitrogen and water are formed (without qualification) /
environmentally friendly products
(b) bond breaking endothermic / requires energy / absorbs energy

AND bond making exothermic / releases energy / gives out energy ; [1]
more energy is released than absorbed (or similar wording) ; [1]

REJECT: implication that energy needed in bond formation
NOTE: energy released on forming bonds is greater than energy taken in to break
bonds (or similar wording) = 2 marks
(c) (i) moles N2H4 = 1 000 000 / 32 = 31 250 ; [1]
moles O2 = moles N2H4 or implication of this in working ; [1]

ALLOW: ecf from wrong moles of N2H4
Volume of O2 (31 250 × 24) = 750 000 dm3 / 7.5 × 105 dm3 ; [1]
ALLOW: ecf from second mark.
Alternative for 1st two stages:

32 g N2H4 → 32g O2 (1 mark)
moles O2 = 1 000 000 / 32 = 31 250 (allow ecf) (1 mark)
(ii) it / liquid oxygen takes up less space / room ; [1]

ALLOW: able to store more in liquid form / gaseous volume too high / maximum storage
capacity.
IGNORE: less easily spread out/no gas can escape / less possibility of an explosion / to
prevent reaction with other substances
(d) (i) N2H5Cl / N2H6Cl2 [1]

ALLOW: any order of atoms
ALLOW: correct displayed formulae or mixtures of displayed and molecular
REJECT: N2H5Cl in equation if more than one product given
(ii) H H [2]
•x •x
: N : N :
•x •x
H H
Structure completely correct = 2 marks
NOTE: (i) only outer shells need be shown
(ii) no distinction need be made between dots and crosses
IF: inner shells incorrect = 1 mark maximum.
IF: structure with a triple bond and no lone pairs = 1 mark
NOT: structures with separate nitrogen atoms / double bonds (= 0)
© UCLES 2010
B8 (a) (i) butanoic acid / methylpropanoic acid ; [1]
(ii) minimum is CH3CH2CH2COOH / (CH3)2CHCOOH [1]

ALLOW: correct displayed formulae or mixture of structural and displayed
(iii) C2H4O [1]
(b) molar ratio correct C = 4.35, H = 13.0, O = 2.18 ; [1]
C2H6O [1]
ALLOW: correct error carried forward as long as there is not too much rounding up
or down from the first stage
ALLOW: C2H5OH
(c) (i) ethyl ethanoate ; [1]
(ii) solvent / flavouring / perfume / aroma /

ALLOW: to make the taste in sweets / deodorants
IGNORE: food additive
(d) (i)
O O [2]
║ ║
□
- – C – O –■– C – O –
correct structure of ester linkage showing ALL atoms and bonds (including bonds
to the boxes) = 1 mark
at least 2 units shown with continuation bonds = 1 mark

ALLOW: ester linkages reversed
ALLOW: boxes or part formulae between ester linkages the same
NOT: more than three type of ‘boxes’
ALLOW:
O O
║ ║
□
–O– – C – O –■– C ––
ALLOW: single unit shown bracketed and continuation bonds
2nd mark dependent on ester linkage being shown correctly, or as –COO- or –CO2- etc
(ii) fat / lipid / (tri)glyceride; [1]
© UCLES 2010
B9 (a) reaction in which there is electron transfer / one reactant loses electrons and the other gains
electrons / both oxidation and reduction occur ; [1]
ALLOW: a reaction involving changes in oxidation state
IGNORE: gaining and losing oxygen / gaining and losing hydrogen
(b) (i) less iodine present / lower concentration of iodine ; [1]

NOT: less reactants present / diluted in colour because more colourless HI present
(position of) equilibrium moves to the right / increased yield / reaction moves to the
right ; [1]
ALLOW: more hydrogen and iodine react to form hydrogen iodide
ALLOW: more hydrogen iodide formed / more product formed / rate of forward reaction
increases (to achieve new equilibrium)
The reaction is endothermic / the reaction absorbs heat (or energy) / ∆H is positive; [1]
(c) moles of hydrogen = 45.3 / 2 = 22.65 [1]

answer only scores mark
ALLOW: 22.7
moles of HI = 45.3; [1]

ALLOW: ecf / indication that moles HI 2× moles of hydrogen i.e. use of 1:2 ratio
mass = (45.3 × 128) = 5798 g / 5798.4 g; [1]

ALLOW: ecf moles HI / 5800 g
Alternative method:
2 g hydrogen → 2 × 128 = 256 g HI (1 mark)
so 1 g hydrogen → 128 g HI (1 mark)
45.3 g hydrogen → 45.3 × 256 / 2 = 5798(.4) g (1 mark)
(d) (i) Pb2+(aq) + 2I–(aq) → PbI2(s) [2]
balanced equation = 1 mark

correct state symbols = 1 mark (dependent on correct formulae above)
ALLOW: full ionic equation
NOT: X– in place I– and PbX2 in place of PbI2
(ii) it or X is a reducing agent / HI is a reducing agent / it or X can be oxidised / HI can be

oxidised ; [1]
© UCLES 2010
B10 (a) (i) KOH + HCl → KCl + H2O [1]

ALLOW: K2CO3 + 2HCl → 2KCl + H2O + CO2
ALLOW: KHCO3 + HCl → KCl + H2O + CO2
NOT: word equation
(ii) titrate (acid against alkali) / titration / description of titration e.g. add one solution to the
other until neutralised / add one solution to another until (acid-base) indicator changes
colour ; [1]
IGNORE: lack of repeating the titration without indicator
Evaporate the solution (from the titration flask to dryness) ; [1]

ALLOW: evaporate / heat / boil
ALLOW: ecf from wrongly named solution in first marking point
ALLOW: evaporation etc from potassium chloride / salt solution without reference to
titration
REJECT: if method incorrect e.g. precipitation the mark for part (ii) is zero in total.
(b) (i) (NH4)3PO4 [1]

ALLOW: PO4(NH4)3
(ii) molar mass (NH4)3PO4 = 149; [1]

ALLOW: ecf from wrong formula in part (i)
% by mass = 28.2 [1]

ALLOW: 28.19 / 28
ALLOW: ecf from wrong molar mass
(c) (i) Ca(OH)2 + 2H+ → Ca2+ + 2H2O [1]

ALLOW: Ca2+ + 2OH– + 2H+ → Ca2+ + 2OH– + 2H2O
ALLOW: OH– + H+ → H2O (or multiples)
(ii) ammonium phosphate (reacts with calcium hydroxide to) give ammonia / there is loss of
nitrogen (content) with ammonium phosphate [1]
ALLOW: reverse arguments
IGNORE: ammonia poisonous / potassium nitrate is more soluble
REJECT: loses nitrogen gas / potassium nitrate has a greater % of nitrogen
(d) add (excess) sodium hydroxide and aluminium (powder / foil and warm) ; [1]
ALLOW: add sodium hydroxide and Devarda’s alloy
ammonia given off / gas (given off) turns red litmus blue; [1]
NOTE: this mark is dependent on correct reagents Al + NaOH
Alternative:
add iron(II) sulfate then concentrated sulfuric acid (1 mark)
brown ring forms at the interface (1 mark)
© UCLES 2010
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*7752578198*
CHEMISTRY 5070/23
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B7
B8
B9
B10
Total
DC (NF/KN) 25703
2
Section A For
Examiner’s

BaSO4
CH4
C2H4
C3H8
CO2
CaCO3
CF3Cl
K2Cr2O7
MgSO4
NaCl
ZnSO4
Which compound
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

3
Use
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
mass number 223
number of protons
number of electrons
number of neutrons
[2]
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
[2]

[1]
[Total: 6]

4
Use
cotton wool
g balance
hydrochloric acid.
[2]
hydrochloric acid.
mass
time
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
catalyst. [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

5
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
zinc.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 11]

6
Examiner’s
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]

molten lead(II)
bromide
aqueous copper(II)
copper
sulfate

[3]
use ...................................................................................................................................

[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

7

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[1]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]

process 1.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
test ...................................................................................................................................
observation ................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 8]

8
C 2H 5 H C 2H5 H C 2H 5 H C 2H 5 H
C C C C C C C C
H H H H H H H H
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[1]
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
N2H4 + O2 N2 + 2H2O
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
than as a gas.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10
11

Examiner’s
reaction.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[2]
[Total: 10]

12

Examiner’s

............................................................................................................................ [1]
[1]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

13

Examiner’s
ester linkage.
[2]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 10]

14
Use
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = +53 kJ mol–1
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
unchanged.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [3]
hydrogen.
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

15

Examiner’s

[2]

............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 10]

16
Use
an alkali.
chloride.
[1]
chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
% by mass = ..................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

17
Use
hydroxide.
[1]
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/M/J/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/23/M/J/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227

Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
*1948971923*
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B7
B8
B9
B10
Total
DC (LEO/KN) 21250/1
2
Section A For
Examiner’s

BaSO4
CH4
C2H4
C3H8
CO2
CaCO3
CF3Cl
K2Cr2O7
MgSO4
NaCl
ZnSO4
Which compound
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

3
Use
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
mass number 223
number of protons
number of electrons
number of neutrons
[2]
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
[2]

[1]
[Total: 6]

4
Use
cotton wool
g balance
hydrochloric acid.
[2]
hydrochloric acid.
mass
time
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
catalyst. [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

5
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
zinc.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 11]

6
Examiner’s
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]

molten lead(II)
bromide
aqueous copper(II)
copper
sulfate

[3]
use ...................................................................................................................................

[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

7

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[1]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]

process 1.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
test ...................................................................................................................................
observation ................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 8]

8
C 2H 5 H C 2H5 H C 2H 5 H C 2H 5 H
C C C C C C C C
H H H H H H H H
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[1]
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
N2H4 + O2 N2 + 2H2O
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
than as a gas.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10
11

Examiner’s
reaction.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[2]
[Total: 10]

12

Examiner’s

............................................................................................................................ [1]
[1]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

13

Examiner’s
ester linkage.
[2]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 10]

14
Use
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = +53 kJ mol–1
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
unchanged.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [3]
hydrogen.
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

15

Examiner’s

[2]

............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 10]

16
Use
an alkali.
chloride.
[1]
chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
............................................................................................................................ [1]
% by mass = ..................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

17
Use
hydroxide.
[1]
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/M/J/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2010 question paper

for the guidance of teachers
5070 CHEMISTRY
5070/22 Paper 2 (Theory), maximum raw mark 75
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2010 question papers for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level syllabuses.
A1 (a) CF3Cl [1]
(b) CH4 / CO2 [1]
(c) CaCO3 [1]
(d) BaSO4 / CaCO3 [1]
(e) K2Cr2O7 [1]
(f) C2H4 [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) 1 / one [1]
(b) proton (atomic) number = 87

number of protons = 87
number of electrons = 87
number of neutrons = 136
All correct = 2 marks [2]

Any 3 correct = 1 mark
(c) Any two of:

• thermal conductor /
• electrical conductor /
• soft or cuts easily /
• low melting point or low boiling point /
• (relatively) low density or lightweight IGNORE: light
• malleable /
• ductile /
• shiny or silvery ALLOW: grey IGNORE: white / [2]
IGNORE: floats on water / sonorous.
IGNORE: chemical properties
IGNORE: comparisons e.g. heavier than lithium
(d) 2Fr + 2H2O → 2FrOH + H2 [1]

ALLOW: multiples
ALLOW: Fr + H2O → FrOH + ½H2
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2010
A3 (a) Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq) → ZnCl2(aq) + H2(g) [2]

1 mark for correctly balanced equation ;
1 mark for correct state symbols (dependent on all formulae being correct)
(b) (i) gas escapes / hydrogen escapes / gas given off / hydrogen given off / gas released /
hydrogen released / gas produced / gas evolved / hydrogen is a gas ; [1]
NOT: hydrogen produced without qualification. ALLOW: ecf from wrong gas in
part (a)
(ii) downwards curve starting at the same point as the original curve but displayed to
the left (at least at first) ; [1]
Line ends at the same mass as the original ; [1]

NOT: curve dipping markedly below the horizontal section and then going
upwards to meet it
(c) (acid) particles in dilute acid are less crowded / there are fewer particles (of acid) in
a given volume / the particles (of acid) are further apart ; [1]
ALLOW: concentration of HCl particles is lower
ALLOW: molecules / ions in place of particles
ALLOW: reverse argument e.g. particles in concentrated acid are more crowded /
there are more particles (of acid) in a given volume etc
IGNORE: there are fewer molecules unqualified / there is more water there are more
moles in a given volume.
fewer collisions (in dilute acid) / less chance of collisions (in dilute acid) / frequency of
collisions lower (in dilute acid) ; [1]
ALLOW: reverse argument e.g. more collisions (in concentrated acid) / more
chance of collisions (in concentrated acid) ;
(d) more particles exposed / large(r) surface area ; [1]

ALLOW: atoms / ions in place of particles
more collisions / greater chance of collisions / particles collide more often / greater
frequency of collisions ; [1]
(e) white precipitate / ppt or white solid ; [1]

IGNORE: bubbles / colourless ppt / incorrectly named ppt
precipitate redissolves (in excess) / precipitate goes to (colourless) solution (in excess) ; [1]
ALLOW: this mark if wrong colour precipitate
NOTE: second mark dependent on ppt or solid stated for first mark
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2010
A4 (a) graphite has electron(s) that can move / are mobile / are delocalised ; [1]
ALLOW: graphite has free electron(s) / graphite has a sea of electrons
REJECT: implications of layers moving / ions have free electrons
diamond has all its electrons involved in bonding / has electron(s) that cannot move /
are not mobile / no delocalised electrons ; [1]
ALLOW: diamond has no free electron(s)
REJECT: mention of ions
(b) solid sodium chloride has ions fixed in position / ions cannot move ; [1]
IGNORE: electrons cannot move / ions can’t carry electricity / references to intermolecular
forces
ALLOW: ions are not free
REJECT: no ions to move
aqueous sodium chloride has ions that can move / are mobile ; [1]
REJECT: reference to moving electrons as well as ions
IGNORE: ions carry electric charge / ions dislocated / ions delocalised /
(c) 1st row: lead at cathode and bromine at anode ; [1]

ALLOW: Pb at cathode / Br2 at anode
REJECT: lead(II) / Pb2+ / Br– / bromide
IGNORE: Br
2nd row: oxygen / O2 ; [1]
REJECT: O2–
IGNORE: O
3rd row: hydrogen / H2 ; [1]
REJECT: H+
IGNORE: H
(d) commercial use e.g. extraction of aluminium or any other element which is
definitely extracted by electrolysis / purification of copper / (electro)plating ; [1]
ALLOW: coating metals / hair removal / production of sodium hydroxide
NOT: electrolysis of named substance unqualified / reference to electrochemical cells
correct electrolyte / correct formula of electrolyte:

This mark is dependent on the correct use BUT allow if it is feasible e.g. zinc sulphate (given
incorrect use of zinc in the first part).
e.g. molten aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite / (aqueous) copper sulfate or
copper sulfate (solution) / for hair removal accept sweat or sodium chloride (solution). [1]
correct ionic equation: This mark is dependent on the electrolyte used; [1]
e.g. Al 3+ + 3e– → Al / Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu / 2H+ + 2e– → H2
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
A5 (a) cracking / thermal decomposition ; [1]
(b) (i) C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH [1]

ALLOW: C2H6O for the product
(ii) propanol; [1]

ALLOW: propan-1-ol / propan-2-ol
IGNORE: formulae
(c) (i) any two from: [2]

• temperature between 25°C to 40°C /
REJECT: high temperature IGNORE: room temperature
• yeast / zymase / enzymes /
IGNORE: catalyst alone
• absence of oxygen / anaerobic (conditions) / not exposed to air
• water REJECT: moisture / damp
• pH neutral / near neutral / pH 7
IGNORE: pressure / presence of glucose
(ii) any one of: [1]

renewable raw materials used or renewable fuel made NOT: renewable process /
conserves valuable resources / lower energy costs / lower temperature required / lower
pressure required / consumes less energy / atmospheric pressure required / specialised
equipment not required / simple apparatus required;
ALLOW: carbon neutral / carbon dioxide made (in this process) can be used for
photosynthesis (to make more glucose) NOT: carbon dioxide can be used for
photosynthesis alone
IGNORE: not as complicated / references to pollution / consumes energy without
qualification
NOT: costs alone / faster / uses glucose without qualification
(d) (fractional) distillation / fractionation; [1]

ALLOW: description of distillation e.g. evaporating then condensing the alcohol (first)
IGNORE: using an anhydrous salt / named anhydrous salt
(e) lime water goes milky / cloudy / chalky / misty / white precipitate [1]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2010
A6 (a) (i) addition ; [1]

ALLOW: additional
IGNORE: specific names
(ii) minimum required is C2H5CH=CH2 [1]
(iii) no (carbon-carbon) double bonds / only has (carbon-carbon) single bonds [1]
ALLOW: no hydrogen can be added / no addition reactions / carbons fully occupied by
(hydrogen atoms)
NOT: occupied by wrong atoms e.g. Cl atoms
NOT: has carbon-carbon single bonds
(b) non-biodegradeable / can’t be broken down by bacteria / insoluble in water / only soluble in
organic solvents [1]
ALLOW: doesn’t react with water / unreactive
IGNORE: it is a hydrocarbon / it is strongly bonded
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2010
B7 (a) non-polluting gases formed / harmless gases formed / nitrogen and water are harmless /
nitrogen and water are non-polluting / the products are non-polluting/the products are
harmless ; [1]
ALLOW: nitrogen and water don’t affect ozone / don’t contribute (as much) to greenhouse
effect / don’t contribute to acid rain
NOT: nitrogen and water less harmful / nitrogen and water are formed (without qualification) /
environmentally friendly products
(b) bond breaking endothermic / requires energy / absorbs energy

AND bond making exothermic / releases energy / gives out energy ; [1]
more energy is released than absorbed (or similar wording) ; [1]

REJECT: implication that energy needed in bond formation
NOTE: energy released on forming bonds is greater than energy taken in to break
bonds (or similar wording) = 2 marks
(c) (i) moles N2H4 = 1 000 000 / 32 = 31 250 ; [1]
moles O2 = moles N2H4 or implication of this in working ; [1]

ALLOW: ecf from wrong moles of N2H4
Volume of O2 (31 250 × 24) = 750 000 dm3 / 7.5 × 105 dm3 ; [1]
ALLOW: ecf from second mark.
Alternative for 1st two stages:

32 g N2H4 → 32g O2 (1 mark)
moles O2 = 1 000 000 / 32 = 31 250 (allow ecf) (1 mark)
(ii) it / liquid oxygen takes up less space / room ; [1]

ALLOW: able to store more in liquid form / gaseous volume too high / maximum storage
capacity.
IGNORE: less easily spread out/no gas can escape / less possibility of an explosion / to
prevent reaction with other substances
(d) (i) N2H5Cl / N2H6Cl2 [1]

ALLOW: any order of atoms
ALLOW: correct displayed formulae or mixtures of displayed and molecular
REJECT: N2H5Cl in equation if more than one product given
(ii) H H [2]
•x •x
: N : N :
•x •x
H H
Structure completely correct = 2 marks
NOTE: (i) only outer shells need be shown
(ii) no distinction need be made between dots and crosses
IF: inner shells incorrect = 1 mark maximum.
IF: structure with a triple bond and no lone pairs = 1 mark
NOT: structures with separate nitrogen atoms / double bonds (= 0)
© UCLES 2010
B8 (a) (i) butanoic acid / methylpropanoic acid ; [1]
(ii) minimum is CH3CH2CH2COOH / (CH3)2CHCOOH [1]

ALLOW: correct displayed formulae or mixture of structural and displayed
(iii) C2H4O [1]
(b) molar ratio correct C = 4.35, H = 13.0, O = 2.18 ; [1]
C2H6O [1]
ALLOW: correct error carried forward as long as there is not too much rounding up
or down from the first stage
ALLOW: C2H5OH
(c) (i) ethyl ethanoate ; [1]
(ii) solvent / flavouring / perfume / aroma /

ALLOW: to make the taste in sweets / deodorants
IGNORE: food additive
(d) (i)
O O [2]
║ ║
□
- – C – O –■– C – O –
correct structure of ester linkage showing ALL atoms and bonds (including bonds
to the boxes) = 1 mark
at least 2 units shown with continuation bonds = 1 mark

ALLOW: ester linkages reversed
ALLOW: boxes or part formulae between ester linkages the same
NOT: more than three type of ‘boxes’
ALLOW:
O O
║ ║
□
–O– – C – O –■– C ––
ALLOW: single unit shown bracketed and continuation bonds
2nd mark dependent on ester linkage being shown correctly, or as –COO- or –CO2- etc
(ii) fat / lipid / (tri)glyceride; [1]
© UCLES 2010
B9 (a) reaction in which there is electron transfer / one reactant loses electrons and the other gains
electrons / both oxidation and reduction occur ; [1]
ALLOW: a reaction involving changes in oxidation state
IGNORE: gaining and losing oxygen / gaining and losing hydrogen
(b) (i) less iodine present / lower concentration of iodine ; [1]

NOT: less reactants present / diluted in colour because more colourless HI present
(position of) equilibrium moves to the right / increased yield / reaction moves to the
right ; [1]
ALLOW: more hydrogen and iodine react to form hydrogen iodide
ALLOW: more hydrogen iodide formed / more product formed / rate of forward reaction
increases (to achieve new equilibrium)
The reaction is endothermic / the reaction absorbs heat (or energy) / ∆H is positive; [1]
(c) moles of hydrogen = 45.3 / 2 = 22.65 [1]

answer only scores mark
ALLOW: 22.7
moles of HI = 45.3; [1]

ALLOW: ecf / indication that moles HI 2× moles of hydrogen i.e. use of 1:2 ratio
mass = (45.3 × 128) = 5798 g / 5798.4 g; [1]

ALLOW: ecf moles HI / 5800 g
Alternative method:
2 g hydrogen → 2 × 128 = 256 g HI (1 mark)
so 1 g hydrogen → 128 g HI (1 mark)
45.3 g hydrogen → 45.3 × 256 / 2 = 5798(.4) g (1 mark)
(d) (i) Pb2+(aq) + 2I–(aq) → PbI2(s) [2]
balanced equation = 1 mark

correct state symbols = 1 mark (dependent on correct formulae above)
ALLOW: full ionic equation
NOT: X– in place I– and PbX2 in place of PbI2
(ii) it or X is a reducing agent / HI is a reducing agent / it or X can be oxidised / HI can be

oxidised ; [1]
© UCLES 2010
B10 (a) (i) KOH + HCl → KCl + H2O [1]

ALLOW: K2CO3 + 2HCl → 2KCl + H2O + CO2
ALLOW: KHCO3 + HCl → KCl + H2O + CO2
NOT: word equation
(ii) titrate (acid against alkali) / titration / description of titration e.g. add one solution to the
other until neutralised / add one solution to another until (acid-base) indicator changes
colour ; [1]
IGNORE: lack of repeating the titration without indicator
Evaporate the solution (from the titration flask to dryness) ; [1]

ALLOW: evaporate / heat / boil
ALLOW: ecf from wrongly named solution in first marking point
ALLOW: evaporation etc from potassium chloride / salt solution without reference to
titration
REJECT: if method incorrect e.g. precipitation the mark for part (ii) is zero in total.
(b) (i) (NH4)3PO4 [1]

ALLOW: PO4(NH4)3
(ii) molar mass (NH4)3PO4 = 149; [1]

ALLOW: ecf from wrong formula in part (i)
% by mass = 28.2 [1]

ALLOW: 28.19 / 28
ALLOW: ecf from wrong molar mass
(c) (i) Ca(OH)2 + 2H+ → Ca2+ + 2H2O [1]

ALLOW: Ca2+ + 2OH– + 2H+ → Ca2+ + 2OH– + 2H2O
ALLOW: OH– + H+ → H2O (or multiples)
(ii) ammonium phosphate (reacts with calcium hydroxide to) give ammonia / there is loss of
nitrogen (content) with ammonium phosphate [1]
ALLOW: reverse arguments
IGNORE: ammonia poisonous / potassium nitrate is more soluble
REJECT: loses nitrogen gas / potassium nitrate has a greater % of nitrogen
(d) add (excess) sodium hydroxide and aluminium (powder / foil and warm) ; [1]
ALLOW: add sodium hydroxide and Devarda’s alloy
ammonia given off / gas (given off) turns red litmus blue; [1]
NOTE: this mark is dependent on correct reagents Al + NaOH
Alternative:
add iron(II) sulfate then concentrated sulfuric acid (1 mark)
brown ring forms at the interface (1 mark)
© UCLES 2010
*2626221654*
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
Paper 2 Theory October/November 2010
1 hour 30 minutes
No Additional Materials are required.
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (AC/TC) 16984/4
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 The structural formulae of some compounds containing the element carbon are shown.
H H H H H H
C O H C C C H H C C C H
H OH H H H C H H
H
A B C
Cl Cl H H H H
Cl C C F H C C C C O C O
F F H H H
D E F
(a) Choose from the compounds A, B, C, D, E and F to answer the questions below. Each
compound can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which one of these compounds is
(i) responsible for the depletion of ozone in the upper atmosphere,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) a poisonous gas produced by the incomplete combustion of hydrocarbons,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) an unsaturated hydrocarbon, ............................................................................. [1]
(iv) formed when propene reacts with steam, ........................................................... [1]
(v) a product of respiration, ...................................................................................... [1]
(vi) an isomer of butane? ........................................................................................... [1]
(b) Name compound B.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

3
A2 The symbols of some atoms and ions including their nucleon number and proton number are For
shown below. Examiner’s
Use
40 58 70 55 58
Ca2+ Fe3+ Ga Mn2+ Ni
20 26 31 25 28
(a) Which one of these atoms or ions has the greatest number of protons?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Which two of these atoms or ions have the same number of neutrons?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
55
(c) State the number of electrons in the ion Mn2+ .
25
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
40
(d) Write the full electronic configuration of the ion Ca2+ .
20
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) (i) Nickel, Ni, can be alloyed with other metals. Draw a diagram to show the structure
of an alloy.
[2]
(ii) State one specific use of nickel other than its use in alloys.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why alloys of nickel and iron are stronger than pure iron.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total:9]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

4
A3 Carbonyl chloride, COCl 2, is a colourless, poisonous gas formed when carbon monoxide For
and chlorine combine in the presence of sunlight. The forward reaction is exothermic. Examiner’s
Use
CO(g) + Cl2(g) COCl2(g)
(a) Predict and explain how each of the following affects the position of equilibrium in this
reaction:
(i) increasing the concentration of chlorine;
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) increasing the pressure;
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) increasing the temperature.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Carbonyl chloride reacts with ammonia to form urea, (NH2)2CO, and ammonium
chloride.
Write an equation for this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

5
(c) Urea can be used as a fertiliser. For

Examiner’s
(i) How do fertilisers increase crop yields? Use
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Urea is produced industrially by the reaction of ammonia with carbon dioxide.
The ammonia is manufactured using the Haber process by combining the elements
nitrogen and hydrogen.
State the essential conditions in the Haber process which are necessary in order to
produce a high yield of ammonia.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 12]

6
A4 Many inks contain salts of the metals potassium, iron, cobalt and nickel in addition to ethanoic For
acid and gallic acid. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) State two differences in the physical properties of the metals potassium and iron.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one difference in the chemical properties of potassium and iron.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Analysis of 21.25 g of gallic acid showed that it contained 10.50 g of carbon, 0.75 g of
hydrogen and 10.00 g of oxygen.
Show that the empirical formula of gallic acid is C7H6O5.
[3]
(c) Gallic acid can be used as a photographic developer. It reduces silver ions to silver.
(i) Write an equation for the reduction of silver ions to silver.
[1]
(ii) Explain why this is a reduction reaction.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) The blue colour of ink is due to the reaction between gallic acid and iron(III) ions.
Describe a standard test for iron(III) ions.
test..................................................................................................................................
result ............................................................................................................................ [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10
7
For
A5 A student electrolysed an aqueous solution of potassium bromide using carbon electrodes. Examiner’s
Use
(a) Draw a labelled diagram of a suitable apparatus that can be used for this electrolysis.
[2]
(b) The ions present in an aqueous solution of potassium bromide are H+, OH-, K+ and Br -.
(i) Describe what you would observe in the region of the anode during the
electrolysis.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) At the cathode, hydrogen gas is given off.

Describe a test for hydrogen.
test ...........................................................................................................................
result .................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Write an equation for the reaction at the cathode.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Explain why potassium is not discharged at the cathode.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 7]

8
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Part of Mendeleev’s original Periodic Table showing an arrangement of elements according to

their similar properties is shown below. The numbers are the atomic masses of the elements.
Fe = 56
Ni / Co = 59
H=1 Cu = 63.4
Be = 9.4 Mg = 24 Zn = 65.2
B = 11 Al = 27.4 element X
C = 12 Si = 28 element Y
N = 14 P = 31 As = 75
O = 16 S = 32 Se = 74.9
F = 19 Cl = 35.5 Br = 80
Li = 7 Na = 23 K = 39 Rb = 85.4
Ca = 40 Sr = 87.6
(a) Mendeleev listed the elements in order of their atomic masses.
What determines the order of the elements in the modern Periodic Table?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Mendeleev predicted the properties of the undiscovered element X. You will find element
X in the table above.
Study the pattern in which the elements are arranged in the table above. Deduce to
which Group in the modern Periodic Table element X belongs.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Describe two other differences between Mendeleev’s original Periodic Table and the
modern Periodic Table.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10
9
(d) Iron, cobalt and nickel have similar properties. For

Examiner’s
(i) State the name of the block of elements in the modern Periodic Table which includes Use
iron, cobalt and nickel.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Iron reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Fe(s) + 2HCl (aq) FeCl2 (aq) + H2(g)
Use ideas about particles to describe and explain the effect of temperature on the
speed of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(e) Lithium, sodium and potassium are elements which show a trend in melting points and
reaction with water.
(i) Describe the trend in the reaction of these elements with water.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium with water.
[1]
(iii) The melting points of lithium, sodium and potassium are:
lithium 181 oC
sodium 98 oC
potassium 63 oC
Predict the melting point of rubidium.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
B7 The table shows the boiling points of the first four members of the alkane homologous series. For
It also shows the enthalpy changes when these alkanes undergo complete combustion. Examiner’s
Use
enthalpy change of
alkane boiling point /oC
combustion /kJ per mole
methane – 161 – 890
ethane – 88 –1560
propane – 42 –2219
butane 0 –2877
(a) State two characteristics of a homologous series.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Pentane is the next member of the alkane homologous series.
(i) Give the molecular formula of pentane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict the boiling point of pentane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) (i) What information in the table tells you that the combustion of alkanes is
exothermic?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In terms of bond making and bond breaking, explain why the combustion of alkanes
is exothermic.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

11
(iii) The difference in the enthalpy change of combustion from one alkane to the next is For
approximately the same. Suggest why. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Methane is an atmospheric pollutant. Give one source of this pollutant.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Proteins are naturally occurring macromolecules. For

Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) What do you understand by the term macromolecule?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name another naturally occurring macromolecule.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Proteins can be hydrolysed to amino acids.
State a suitable reagent and condition for this hydrolysis.
reagent..............................................................................................................................
condition ....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) The amino acids can be identified by paper chromatography.
Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, how paper chromatography can be used to
identify particular amino acids.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

13
(d) The structure of a section of a protein can be represented as: For

Examiner’s
H H H Use
N C N C N C
O O O
(i) Describe one similarity in the structure of a protein and the structure of nylon.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe one way in which the structure of a protein differs from the structure of
nylon.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Phosphine, PH3, is a gas which has a smell of garlic. It is formed when white phosphorus is For
warmed with aqueous sodium hydroxide. Examiner’s
Use
4P + 3NaOH + 3H2O PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
(a) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for phosphine.
Show only the outer electrons.
[1]
(b) (i) Calculate the maximum mass of phosphine formed when 1.86 g of phosphorus
reacts with excess aqueous sodium hydroxide.
[2]
(ii) Calculate the volume of phosphine formed from 1.86 g of phosphorus at r.t.p.
[1]
(c) Phosphine decomposes into its elements on warming. Write an equation for this
reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

15
(d) Phosphine reacts with hydrogen iodide to form the salt phosphonium iodide, PH4I. For
Examiner’s
Phosphonium salts react in a similar way to ammonium salts when warmed with aqueous Use
sodium hydroxide.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction of phosphonium iodide with aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What should you notice when sodium hydroxide is warmed with phosphonium
iodide?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Phosphine is formed when water reacts with calcium phosphide, Ca3P2.
Calcium phosphide is an ionic compound.
(i) Write the formula for the phosphide ion.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict one physical property of calcium phosphide.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2010 question paper

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2010 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010 5070 21
A1 (a) (i) D [1]
(ii) A [1]
(iii) E [1]
(iv) B [1]
(v) F [1]
(vi) C [1]
(b) Propanol / propan-2-ol (1) [1]
[Total: 7]
A2 (a) Ga (1)
IGNORE: lack of atomic and nucleon number [1]
(b) Ni and Mn (1)

IGNORE: lack of charge [1]
(c) 23 (1) [1]
(d) 2,8,8 (1)

ALLOW: 1s22s22p63s23p6
IGNORE: any charge shown [1]
(e) (i) regular arrangement of particles in rows (minimum 2 rows of 4 atoms) (1)
at least 2 different sized particles arranged in the structure (1)
Mark independently
ALLOW: either atoms or ions [2]
(ii) any suitable use e.g. catalyst for margarine manufacture (1)
manufacture of margarine or hydrogenation of alkenes NOT sufficient [1]
(iii) Layers cannot slide (as easily as with pure iron) (1)
because Ni atoms cause irregularities in lattice / ions of different size (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2010
A3 (a) (i) More carbonyl chloride formed / (reaction) shifts to right (1)
ALLOW: favours the forward reaction
Idea of moving in direction so that concentration of chlorine is lowered (1)
IGNORE: references to rate [2]
(ii) More carbonyl chloride formed / (reaction) shifts to right (1)

ALLOW: favours the forward reaction
Idea of moving in the direction of the fewer number of molecules or moles / idea of
moving to the side with the smaller volume (1)
IGNORE: references to rate [2]
(iii) less carbonyl chloride formed / (reaction) shifts to left (1)

ALLOW: favours the backward reaction
because the (forward reaction) is exothermic / in the direction of the endothermic
reaction (1)
IGNORE: references to right [2]
(b) COCl2 + 4NH3 → (NH2)2CO + 2NH4Cl

Correct formulae (1)
Balancing dependent on formulae (1) [2]
(c) (i) replace nitrogen lost from soil (when plants harvested) / replace essential elements
lost from soil (when plants harvested) / OWTTE / nitrogen converted to protein (for
growth) (1)
increase nutrients is NOT sufficient [1]
(ii) iron catalyst (1)

temperature 450°C (1)
ALLOW: from 400–500°C
pressure 200 atm (1)
ALLOW: from 150–400 atmospheres [3]
[Total: 12]
A4 (a) (i) any two differences

e.g.
• potassium soft + iron hard (1)
ALLOW: iron is harder
• potassium low melting point + iron high melting point (1)
ALLOW: iron has a higher melting point
• potassium not very dense + iron (very) dense (1)
ALLOW: iron is more dense [2]
(ii) any one difference

e.g.
• variable oxidation states (1)
• potassium is more reactive than iron (1)
• potassium reacts with cold water + iron does not (1)
• potassium tarnishes iron does not (1)
• potassium reacts with air at room temperature iron does not (1) [1]
© UCLES 2010
(b) divide by Mr
C = 10.5/12 O = 10/16 H = 0.75/1
C = 0.875 O = 0.625 H = 0.75 (1)
OR
divide by lowest
C = 1.4 O = 1.0 H = 1.2 (1)
statement or indication relating above ratios to empirical formula C7O5H6 (1)
e.g. multiply each by 5 or divide each by 0.2 or 2 (and × by 10) [3]
(c) (i) Ag+ + e– → Ag (1) [1]
(ii) reduction is addition of electrons / silver ion(s) gains electrons (1)

ALLOW: oxidation state of silver changes from 1 to 0
ALLOW: it gains electrons but NOT silver gains electrons [1]
(d) (add aqueous) sodium hydroxide / (add aqueous) ammonia (1)
red brown precipitate (both red brown and ppt needed) (1) dependent on the use of
the correct reagent [2]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) Two electrodes dipping into aqueous potassium bromide in beaker and at least one
label (1)
NOT: copper electrodes or incorrect electrolyte
external circuit and power source (1) [2]
(b) (i) liquid (around anode) goes brown (1)

ALLOW: brown fumes (around anode) [1]
(ii) test: lighted splint (1)

result: pops / explodes / squeaks (1)
result is dependent on correct test [2]
(iii) 2H+ + 2e– → H2 (1) [1]
(iv) potassium is higher in the discharge series / potassium is higher in the reactivity
series (than hydrogen) / potassium is higher (than hydrogen) in the
electrochemical series (1)
ALLOW: potassium is more reactive than hydrogen [1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010
B6 (a) atomic number / number of protons (1) [1]
(b) 3 / III (1) [1]
(c) any two differences

e.g.
• groups are horizontal in old table (1)
• noble gases not present in old table (1)
• hydrogen and lithium in same period (or column) (1)
• groups don’t start with Group I (1)
• zinc appears in same group as magnesium (1)
• magnesium and calcium in same period (in old table) (1)
• old table does not include actinides / does not include lanthanides / transition
elements / old table has more elements (1) [2]
(d) (i) transition elements (1)

ALLOW: d-block [1]
(ii) increasing temperature increases speed of reaction (1)
particles collide with greater frequency / particles collide more often / more
successful collisions / more energetic collisions (1) [2]
(e) (i) more reactive in order Li, Na, K / more reactive down the Group (1) [1]
(ii) 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2

ALLOW: any correct multiples including fractions [1]
(iii) any value between 20–55°C (actual = 39°C) (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) any two from:

• has a general (molecular) formula (1)
• consecutive members differ by CH2 (1)
• have similar or the same chemical properties (1)
ALLOW: can be prepared by same or similar methods
• have same functional group (1)
• physical properties change in predictable way (1)
ALLOW: example of change in physical property [2]
(b) (i) C5H12 (1) [1]
(ii) Any value between 23–47 (actual = 36°C) (1) [1]
© UCLES 2010
(c) (i) enthalpy change is negative (1) [1]
(ii) Bond breaking is endothermic and bond making exothermic / heat needed to break
bonds and heat given out when bonds form (1)
but
Energy given out when new bonds formed greater than energy absorbed in
breaking bonds (2) [2]
(iii) Any two from:

• difference in CH2 in successive members (1)
• extra bonds broken are the same each time (1)
• extra ones made are the same (1) [2]
(d) Marshes / flatulence in animals or as result of bacteria or digestion in animals / paddy

fields / decomposition in landfill sites (1)
ALLOW: melting of permafrost / decay of organic material
IGNORE: natural gas [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) (i) Giant covalent structures (of atoms) / very long chained molecules (1) [1]
(ii) any suitable named or generically named macromolecule (1)

e.g. polysaccharides / starch / cellulose / DNA / RNA
ALLOW: fats / (large) carbohydrates [1]
(b) (concentrated) hydrochloric acid (1)

NOT: sulfuric / nitric acid
ALLOW: enzyme protease
Heat / reflux (1) dependent on the correct reagent

ALLOW: any value between 20–40°C for an enzyme [2]
(c) any two from:

• base of chromatography paper in solvent (1)
• spot of amino acids on base line (1)
• let the solvent run up paper (1)
AND
spray with locating agent (1)
Measure Rf values (1) [4]
(d) (i) Both have amide linkage / CONH link or group (1) [1]
(ii) Has many different side groups / only one carbon between each amide linkage /
has more than two monomers (1)
Different monomers is NOT sufficient [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
B9 (a) correct electronic structure of three bonding pairs and a lone pair (1) [1]
(b) (i) moles phosphorus = 1.86/31 = 0.06 mol

use of 4:1 ratio so moles phosphine = 0.06/4 = 0.015 mol (1)
mass phosphine = 0.015 × 34 = 0.51 g (1)
ALLOW: ecf from wrong Mr values [2]
(ii) 0.015 × 24 = 0.36 dm3 (1)

ALLOW: ecf from wrong number of moles [1]
(c) 2PH3 → 2P + 3H2

Balancing dependent on correct formulae (1)
ALLOW: equations with correct multiples or P4 [2]
(d) (i) PH4I + NaOH → PH3 + NaI + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) fumes of phosphine / smell of garlic / gas given off / effervescence [1]
(e) (i) P3– (1) [1]
(ii) high melting point / high boiling point / conducts electricity when it dissolves (or
reacts) with water / soluble in water / conducts electricity when molten (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
*0637390508*
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (LEO/SW) 21596/2
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 (a) Choose from the following list of metals to answer the questions below.
aluminium
iron
lead
magnesium
potassium
silver
vanadium
Each metal can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which metal
(i) reacts with cold water to form an alkaline solution,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) forms a protective oxide layer on its surface,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) is the catalyst used in the industrial manufacture of ammonia,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) is a sacrificial metal used to prevent iron pipes from rusting,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(v) is in Period 5 of the Periodic Table?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Draw a labelled diagram to show the structure of a typical metal.
[2]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10
3
A2 Ethanol can be made both by fermentation and by the addition of steam to ethene. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) Name the organic compound required for fermentation. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) State the conditions under which fermentation most readily takes place.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Write an equation for the reaction between steam and ethene.
[1]
(c) Ethanol, C2H5OH, reacts with ethanoic acid, CH3COOH.
CH3COOH + C2H5OH CH3COOC2H5 + H2O
(i) Name the compound CH3COOC2H5.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What name is given to this type of chemical reaction?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) (i) Name the third member of the alcohol homologous series.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Draw the structural formula of this compound, showing all atoms and bonds.
[1]
[Total: 8]

4
A3 A student measured the volume of hydrogen produced over time when small pieces of zinc For
reacted with excess sulfuric acid. Examiner’s
The results are shown in the graph below. Use
50
40
volume
of hydrogen
/ cm3
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
time / minutes
(a) Use the information from the graph to calculate the average speed of reaction in the first
two minutes.
[1]
(b) Explain why the reaction stopped after 6 minutes.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Copper catalyses this reaction.
(i) On the axes above, sketch a line to show the expected results for the catalysed
reaction. [1]
(ii) Explain how a catalyst changes the speed of reaction.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

5
(d) Explain, using ideas about colliding particles, what happens to the speed of this reaction For
when larger particles of zinc are used. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Explain, using ideas about colliding particles, what happens to the speed of this reaction
when the temperature of the reaction mixture is increased.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]

6
A4 Chlorine, bromine and iodine are non-metals in Group VII of the Periodic Table. Their For
molecules are diatomic. Examiner’s
Use
(a) What do you understand by the term diatomic?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) (i) Describe the trend in colour of the Group VII elements down the Group.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In what physical state do the following elements exist at room temperature and
pressure?
bromine ....................................................................................................................
iodine .................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Aqueous bromine reacts with aqueous potassium iodide.
Br2(aq) + 2KI(aq) 2KBr(aq) + I2(aq)
(i) Write an ionic equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Describe a positive test for iodide ions.
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Explain why aqueous bromine does not react with aqueous potassium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Hydrochloric acid can be made by burning hydrogen in chlorine, then dissolving the
product in water.
Give the formulae for the ions present in hydrochloric acid.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

7
(e) An aqueous solution of calcium hydroxide was titrated with 0.0150 mol / dm3 hydrochloric For
acid. Examiner’s
Use
Ca(OH)2 + 2HCl CaCl2 + 2H2O
It required 6.00 cm3 of this aqueous hydrochloric acid to neutralise 20.0 cm3 of the
calcium hydroxide solution.
Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the calcium hydroxide solution.
[3]
[Total: 12]

8
A5 Carbon and graphite are two forms of carbon. For

Examiner’s
Use
diamond graphite
(a) (i) Describe two differences in the structure of diamond and graphite.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain, in terms of their structure, why graphite is soft but diamond is hard.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Tin is extracted by heating tin(IV) oxide, SnO2, with carbon in a furnace.
SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO
(i) How does this equation show that tin(IV) oxide gets reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why carbon monoxide must not be allowed to escape from the furnace.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Carbon monoxide can be formed by the reduction of carbon dioxide with red-hot
carbon.
(i) Write an equation for this reaction.
[1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

9
(ii) Carbon monoxide has a triple covalent bond. For

Draw the electronic structure of carbon monoxide. Show only the outer electrons. Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(iii) Carbon monoxide reacts with chromium to form chromium carbonyl.

The structure of chromium carbonyl is shown below.
O C O
C C
Cr
C C
O C O
Write the empirical formula for chromium carbonyl.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 The carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
(a) Explain how the processes of photosynthesis and respiration help to regulate the
amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Methane is an atmospheric pollutant which contributes to global warming.
(i) Suggest two possible consequences of an increase in global warming.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Write an equation for the complete combustion of methane.
[1]
(iii) Methane is generally unreactive. Apart from combustion, state one other chemical
reaction of methane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

11
(c) Methane is a member of the alkane homologous series. For

Examiner’s
(i) Describe how the boiling points of unbranched alkanes vary with the size of their Use
molecules.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Alkanes can be cracked to form alkenes.

State the conditions required for cracking alkanes.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Zinc chloride is an ionic solid. It can be electrolysed using the apparatus shown below. For
Examiner’s
Use
graphite graphite
anode cathode
zinc chloride
heat
(a) Explain why zinc chloride conducts electricity when molten, but not when solid.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Predict the products of this electrolysis at
the anode, ........................................................................................................................
the cathode. ................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) When a dilute aqueous solution of zinc chloride is electrolysed, hydroxide ions are
converted to oxygen at the anode.
Write the ionic equation for this reaction.
[2]
(d) Describe a positive test for zinc ions.
test ...................................................................................................................................
observations ....................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

13
(e) Solid zinc chloride absorbs ammonia to form tetrammine zinc chloride, Zn(NH3)4Cl2. For
Examiner’s
ZnCl2 + 4NH3 Zn(NH3)4Cl2 Use
Calculate the maximum yield, in grams, of tetrammine zinc chloride formed when 3.4 g
of zinc chloride reacts with excess ammonia.
[2]
[Total:10]

14
B8 Magnesium is a reactive metal. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) Name the products formed when magnesium reacts with steam. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write the equation for the reaction of magnesium with ethanoic acid, CH3COOH.
[2]
(b) Magnesium chloride is a soluble salt.

Describe how you can make pure dry crystals of magnesium chloride from magnesium
carbonate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) The equation shows the reaction which occurs when magnesium carbonate is heated.
MgCO3 MgO + CO2
State the name given to this type of chemical reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

15
(d) A student compared the action of heat on three solid metal carbonates. For
She heated each carbonate using the apparatus shown below. In each case, she Examiner’s
recorded the length of time taken for the limewater to turn milky. Use
limewater
metal
carbonate
Bunsen
burner
(i) State one factor that must be kept constant if the speeds of reaction are to be
compared in a fair way.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) The time taken for the limewater to turn milky for each metal carbonate is shown in
the table.
metal carbonate time taken for the limewater to

turn milky / s
copper carbonate 10
magnesium carbonate 40
zinc carbonate 24
Describe and explain these results in terms of the reactivity of the metals.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Sulfur dioxide is a gas which contributes to acid rain. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) State one source of sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Acid rain can cause lakes to become acidic. This may cause fish and plants in the
water to die.
Describe one other environmental problem caused by acid rain.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Acid rain is a solution of dilute sulfuric acid.

The acidity in lakes can be neutralised by adding powdered calcium carbonate.
(i) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the reaction of calcium carbonate
with sulfuric acid.
[2]
(ii) State one industrial use of sulfuric acid.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Sulfuric acid is a strong acid.

What do you understand by the term strong acid?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Sulfuric acid is manufactured by the Contact process.

Name the raw materials used in the first stage of the Contact process.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) The equation shows the second stage of the Contact process.
2SO2 + O2 2SO3 ∆ H = –197 kJ / mol
(i) State the meaning of the symbol ∆ H.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict and explain the effect of increasing the temperature on the position of
equilibrium in this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
A1 (a) (i) potassium / K [1]
(ii) aluminium / Al [1]
(iii) iron / Fe [1]
(iv) magnesium / Mg [1]
(v) silver / Ag [1]

ALLOW: symbols such as Ag, Fe etc.
(b) positive ions regularly arranged; [1]

ALLOW: space between ions as long as the arrangement is regular
ALLOW: ions touching
ALLOW: positively charged atoms for + ions
ALLOW: large empty circles in regular arrangement and labelled as positive ions
electrons shown as negative charges between the ions; [1]

ALLOW: very small empty circles between the ions and labelled electrons
ALLOW: electrons within very small circles / electrons as e– or e or –
IGNORE: disparity between ionic charges and number of electrons
NOT: electrons as negative charges in large circles
NOTE: mark independently
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010
A2 (a) (i) glucose; [1]

ALLOW: other suitable sugars e.g. sucrose
ALLOW: sugar
IGNORE: carbohydrate
(ii) any two from: [2]

temperature within range 20–40°C;
IGNORE: temperatures below 20°C
REJECT: high temperature / temperatures above 40°C
lack of oxygen / lack of air / anaerobic

REJECT: oxygen needed
yeast
IGNORE: bacteria / fungi / enzymes / catalyst / zymase
water present / in solution / moisture present / damp

REJECT: dry
pH neutral
REJECT: acid / alkali
IGNORE: pressure
IGNORE: optimum pH / temperature etc.
(b) C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH [1]

ALLOW: displayed / graphical formulae
ALLOW: C2H6O for ethanol
(c) (i) ethyl ethanoate / ethyl acetate [1]
(ii) esterification / addition-elimination / condensation / ester formation; [1]

ALLOW: reversible / equilibrium (reaction)
IGNORE: exothermic / endothermic
REJECT: addition alone
(d) (i) propanol; [1]
(ii) H H H
│ │ │
H–C–C–C–O–H
│ │ │
H H H [1]
ALLOW: structure of propan-2-ol

ALLOW: –OH in place of –O–H
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2010
A3 (a) 12.5 cm3 / min [1]

both value AND units must be correct for one mark
(b) all the zinc was used up / there was no zinc left / zinc is limiting; [1]
IGNORE: the zinc no longer reacted / zinc finished reacting / all the zinc dissolved
(c) (i) line steeper from the 0-0 point AND ending at the same level (40 cm3) [1]
(ii) lowers the activation energy / makes the reaction go by a more efficient pathway /
makes the reaction go by faster pathway; [1]
ALLOW: makes the reaction go by a different pathway
IGNORE: supplies activation energy / increases speed of reaction
(d) goes slower / speed decreases / smaller surface area (with larger pieces) / less area
exposed (with larger pieces); [1]
ALLOW: (reaction) takes more time
IGNORE: goes slowly / small surface area
REJECT: goes slower at the start + larger surface area for larger pieces
fewer collisions per minute / fewer particles exposed to react per minute / particles
collide less often / frequency of collisions decreased / collision rate lower / chance of
collisions decreases; [1]
Answer must be comparative e.g. NOT: few collisions per minute
(e) any two from: [2]

• increases / goes faster
ALLOW: (reaction) takes less time
NOT: goes fast
• particles have more energy (at higher temperature) / particles move faster (at
higher temperature) / particles collide faster / collision rate increases;
IGNORE: particles vibrate more
NOTE: must have reference to particles or named particles
• more particles have activation energy / more chance of successful collisions / more
collisions are successful
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2010
A4 (a) molecule containing two atoms / two atoms joined (by bond) / atoms in A pairs; [1]
ALLOW: has two atoms
IGNORE: two atoms / two atomic / mention of states / mention of same or different
elements / made of two elements / elements with two atoms / 2 atoms of itself
combined
(b) (i) gets darker / chlorine green bromine red (or brown or red-brown) and iodine grey-
black or grey or black
ALLOW: goes from green to black or from yellow (F2) to black [1]
NOT: iodine dark brown / silver
NOT: colour increases / gets more intense
REJECT: chloride / bromide / iodide (instead of halogens)
(ii) bromine – liquid; (1)

iodine – solid (1) [2]
(c) (i) Br2 + 2I– → 2Br– + I2 [1]

IGNORE: state symbols / K+ ions
(ii) add (aqueous) silver nitrate / (aqueous) lead nitrate; (1)

ACCEPT: formulae
REJECT starch test alone / addition of chlorine alone
REJECT: if incorrect acid added
yellow precipitate; (1) [2]

(both yellow and precipitate needed for mark)
NOTE: second mark dependent on correct reagent.
(iii) chlorine more reactive than bromine (or reverse argument) [1]
NOT: chloride more reactive than bromine
(d) H+ / H3O+ and Cl– (both needed for the mark) [1]
ALLOW: H+ / H3O+ ,Cl– and OH–
ALLOW: correct answer as part of equation e.g. HCl → H+ + Cl –
ALLOW: H+Cl –
(e) moles HCl = 0.015 × 6/1000 OR 9 × 10–5 ; (1)

moles Ca(OH)2 = ½ those of moles HCl; (4.5 × 10–5) (1)
ALLOW: any indication of correct 1:2 ratio
molarity of Ca(OH)2 = 4.5 × 10–5 × 1000/20 = 2.25 × 10–3 (mol / dm3) (1)
ALLOW: correct answer without working / 2.3 × 10–3 (mol / dm3)
VM 20 × M1
ALLOW: Use of 1 1 with correct figures e.g. (1 mark)
V2M 2 0.015 × 6
correct use of 1:2 ratio e.g. for the above ½ = V1M1 / V2M2 (1 mark)
correct answer (1 mark) [3]
[Total: 12]
© UCLES 2010
A5 (a) (i) 1 mark for each pair of matching descriptions up to max of 2 marks [2]
• diamond: atoms closely packed

graphite: layers / atoms less closely packed /
• diamond: each atom joined to 4 other atoms

graphite: each atom joined to 3 others
ALLOW: (atoms in) diamond form more bonds than graphite
• diamond: atoms arranged tetrahedrally / in a pyramid / in bent hexagons /

ALLOW: in triangles
graphite: atoms arranged in hexagons / rings / layers
• diamond: all atoms connected (by covalent bonds)/

graphite: some atoms (i.e. those between layers) not connected (by covalent
bonds)
• graphite: had intermolecular forces / van der Waal’s forces

diamond doesn’t / has strong forces or bonds throughout
• diamond has no free moving electrons / no delocalised electrons / all electrons

involved in bonding
graphite has (some) delocalised / mobile electrons
(ii) in graphite the layers can slide / weak forces between the layers / intermolecular
forces between the layers; [1]
in diamond there is continuous 3 dimensional structure of (covalent) bonds /

covalent bonds are linked in all directions / (strong) bonding in all directions / all
atoms in fixed positions [1]
ALLOW: all the atoms are bonded together
REJECT: ionic structure
(b) (i) oxygen removed from the tin oxide / it loses oxygen / carbon takes oxygen away; [1]
ALLOW: oxidation number of tin (in tin oxide) decreases / tin (in tin oxide)
gains electrons
ALLOW: tin loses oxygen /
NOT: wrong oxidation numbers / electron gain without qualification
(ii) it is poisonous / toxic; [1]

IGNORE: kills red blood cells / stops red blood cells carrying oxygen / combines
with haem
IGNORE: harmful / causes pollution / dangerous / hazardous
© UCLES 2010
(c) (i) CO2 + C → 2CO [1]

(ii) 6 electrons shared between C and O; (1)
2 non bonding electrons on outer shell of oxygen and 2 non bonding electrons on
outer shell of carbon (1) [2]
REJECT: 0 non bonding electrons on outer shell of oxygen and 4 non bonding
electrons on outer shell of carbon
IGNORE: dots / crosses
IGNORE: inner shell electrons
NOTE: mark these points independently
(iii) CrC6O6 [1]

ALLOW: Cr(CO)6
[Total: 10]
B6 (a) plants absorb CO2 from atmosphere / plants take up CO2 in photosynthesis; (1)
ALLOW: plants use carbon dioxide
CO2 given out in respiration; (1)

ALLOW: carbon dioxide breathed out in animals
Amount of CO2 given out (in respiration) equal to that absorbed (in photosynthesis) /
idea of (roughly) equal uptake and release of carbon dioxide; (1) [3]
ALLOW: carbon dioxide given out in balance with carbon dioxide taken up
(b) (i) any two possible consequences (1 mark for each) e.g. [2]
• sea level rise / flooding of low lying land /
ALLOW: floods
NOT: increase in water level
• climate change / extreme weather / increased rainfall /
NOT: weather unpredictable
• desertification / more forest fires / more droughts /
• melting of glaciers / melting of polar ice caps / melting icebergs
NOT: increase in temperature / greenhouse effect skin cancers
(ii) CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O [1]

ALLOW: multiples
(iii) substitution (by chlorine) / reaction with chlorine (in the light) /
ALLOW: suitable word equation or symbol equation [1]
REJECT: addition reaction
© UCLES 2010
(c) (i) larger / longer / heavier / molecules have higher boiling points; [1]
ALLOW: higher boiling point when more carbon atoms (in molecule)
IGNORE: the boiling points increase / they get higher
IGNORE: higher boiling point with more bonds / reference to intermolecular forces
/ melting points / ‘bond’ breaking between molecules
(ii) high temperature / heat; [1]

ALLOW: quoted temperatures between 300°C–800°C
EITHER:
Catalyst / named catalyst e.g. aluminium oxide / silicon dioxide / zeolites [1]
ALLOW: porous pot / ceramics
REJECT: incorrect catalyst
OR:
high pressure / quoted pressure between 50-200 atmospheres
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) in solid ions can’t move / ions in fixed position / no free ions / ions are in a lattice; [1]
IGNORE: there are no ions / reference to electrons
when molten ions can move / ions are free to move / are mobile; [1]
IGNORE: ions moving in solution
REJECT: reference to electrons moving (in addition to ions moving) /
(b) anode: chlorine AND cathode: zinc [1]

ALLOW: Cl 2 / Cl / Zn
ALLOW: correct products from equation (need not be balanced)
REJECT: Cl – / chloride / Zn2+
(c) 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e– [2]

1 mark for correct reactants and products (OH–, O2 and H2O)
1 mark for correct balance with electrons
ALLOW: multiples in both cases
ALLOW: e for e–
(d) add (aqueous) sodium hydroxide / other suitable hydroxide / (aqueous) ammonia; (1)
NOT: hydroxide alone
white precipitate; (1)
precipitate soluble in excess (hydroxide or ammonia) / dissolves in excess / gives

colourless solution in excess (1) [3]
(e) correct formula masses 136 for ZnCl 2 AND 204 for Zn(NH3)4Cl 2 (1)
correct answer (3.4 × 204/136) = 5.1 (g) (1) [2]
ALLOW: error carried forward from one incorrect formula mass
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
B8 (a) (i) magnesium oxide and hydrogen (both required) [1]

ALLOW: correct formula of products
IGNORE: incorrect equation
(ii) 2CH3COOH + Mg → (CH3COO)2Mg + H2 [2]

1 mark for correct reactants and products
1 mark for balance (dependent on correct reactant and products)
(b) any three from: [3]

• add hydrochloric acid to (excess) magnesium carbonate;
REJECT: this first mark if titration suggested
• filter (off excess carbonate);

• heat filtrate or solution to crystallisation point / evaporate off (some of) the water
from the filtrate / leave in a warm place / leave to crystallise;
NOT: heat / dry it / put it in the oven / let all water evaporate
• pick out crystals / filter off crystals / dry crystals on filter paper
(c) (thermal) decomposition [1]

ALLOW: endothermic
(d) (i) height or strength of Bunsen flame /

ALLOW: temperature of Bunsen / temperature / amount of energy (applied) /
distance of Bunsen flame from tube / amount of carbonate in the tube /
ALLOW: volume of carbonate in tube / mass of carbonate / same amount of
limewater in tube [1]
ALLOW: same size of (carbonate) particles
IGNORE: pressure
(ii) order of decomposition is copper (carbonate) > zinc (carbonate) > magnesium
(carbonate); (1)
ALLOW: copper carbonate takes shortest time and magnesium carbonate takes
longest time / copper carbonate the fastest and magnesium carbonate the slowest
the less reactive (the metal), the faster the rate (of decomposition) /
the more reactive (the metal) the slower the rate (of decomposition) /
the more reactive (the metal) the longer it takes (to decompose) / (1) [2]
ALLOW: the most reactive takes the most time ORA
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
B9 (a) (i) burning fossil fuels / burning named fossil fuel / volcanoes / smelting sulfide ores; [1]
IGNORE: gases from exhausts / factory chimneys / power stations / burning sulfur
/ decomposition of fossil fuels
(ii) any suitable e.g. [1]

• erosion of buildings / statues (made of carbonate rocks / limestone)/
IGNORE: erosion of rocks / destroys building / dissolves stones
ALLOW: corrosion of buildings / damages buildings
• corrosion of metal structures / bridges etc. /
ALLOW: erosion of metal structures etc.
• forest death / crop loss / reduction in plant growth / do not grow properly
NOT: kills plants (in stem of question) / destroys trees
• soil acidification / leaching from soil
(b) (i) CaCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq) → CaSO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) [2]

1 mark for balanced equation
1 mark for correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae)
ALLOW: CaSO4(s)
(ii) Any suitable use e.g. [1]

(making) paints / (making) dyes / (making) plastics / (making) fertilisers / (making)
fibres / (making) soaps / (making) detergents / cleaning metals / oil refining / waste
water processing / removing rust
ALLOW: for adjusting pH of the soil / making soil less alkaline / car batteries /
catalyst /
IGNORE: general chemical used in the lab / dehydrating agent
(iii) completely ionised / completely dissociated; [1]

ALLOW: the hydrogen ion is fully ionised / completely ionises the hydrogen ions
IGNORE: low pH / has more hydrogen ions
(c) air AND sulfur (both needed) [1]

ALLOW: oxygen and sulfur
ALLOW: sulfide ore in place of sulfur
(d) (i) enthalpy change [1]

ALLOW: heat change / amount of energy released or absorbed / heat of reaction /
energy change
IGNORE: exothermic / thermal energy / amount of energy released / amount of
energy absorbed / enthalpy
(ii) reaction goes to left / favours the reactants / reverse reaction occurs / amount of
product decreases; (1)
(because) the reaction is exothermic; (1) [2]

ALLOW: goes to the side which is endothermic
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 9 0 4 3 2 1 4 8 3 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/23
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (CW/SW) 33106
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
aluminium
iron
lead
magnesium
potassium
silver
vanadium
Which metal
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[2]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10
3
Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[1]
[Total: 8]

4
50
40
volume
of hydrogen
/ cm3
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
time / minutes
two minutes.
[1]
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
reaction. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

5
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]

6
Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
pressure?
bromine ....................................................................................................................
iodine .................................................................................................................... [2]
[1]
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................... [2]
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
product in water.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

7
acid. Examiner’s
Use
[3]
[Total: 12]

8

Examiner’s
Use
diamond graphite
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
carbon.
[1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

9

Use
[2]

O C O
C C
Cr
C C
O C O
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

11

Examiner’s
molecules.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
Examiner’s
Use
graphite graphite
anode cathode
zinc chloride
heat
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
the anode, ........................................................................................................................
the cathode. ................................................................................................................. [1]
[2]
test ...................................................................................................................................
observations ....................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

13
Examiner’s
[2]
[Total:10]

14

Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[2]

carbonate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
MgCO3 MgO + CO2
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

15
limewater
metal
carbonate
Bunsen
burner
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
the table.

turn milky / s
copper carbonate 10
zinc carbonate 24
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

16

Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
water to die.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

with sulfuric acid.
[2]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
2SO2 + O2 2SO3 ∆ H = –197 kJ / mol
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/23/O/N/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227

Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 9 0 4 3 2 1 4 8 3 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/23
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (CW/SW) 33106
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
aluminium
iron
lead
magnesium
potassium
silver
vanadium
Which metal
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[2]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10
3
Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[1]
[Total: 8]

4
50
40
volume
of hydrogen
/ cm3
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
time / minutes
two minutes.
[1]
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
reaction. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

5
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]

6
Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
pressure?
bromine ....................................................................................................................
iodine .................................................................................................................... [2]
[1]
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................... [2]
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
product in water.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

7
acid. Examiner’s
Use
[3]
[Total: 12]

8

Examiner’s
Use
diamond graphite
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
carbon.
[1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

9

Use
[2]

O C O
C C
Cr
C C
O C O
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[1]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

11

Examiner’s
molecules.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
Examiner’s
Use
graphite graphite
anode cathode
zinc chloride
heat
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
the anode, ........................................................................................................................
the cathode. ................................................................................................................. [1]
[2]
test ...................................................................................................................................
observations ....................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

13
Examiner’s
[2]
[Total:10]

14

Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[2]

carbonate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
MgCO3 MgO + CO2
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

15
limewater
metal
carbonate
Bunsen
burner
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
the table.

turn milky / s
copper carbonate 10
zinc carbonate 24
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

16

Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
water to die.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

with sulfuric acid.
[2]
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
2SO2 + O2 2SO3 ∆ H = –197 kJ / mol
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/23/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/23/O/N/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227

Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
* 2 8 3 5 1 1 7 1 7 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (CW/DJ) 27257/3
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following formulae to answer the questions below.
AgI C2F3Cl3
CH4 C3H6
C6H6 CuCl2
K2Cr2O7 KI
MnO2 (NH4)2SO4
V2O5 ZnSO4
Each formula can be used once, more than once, or not at all.
Which is the formula of a compound that
(a) is a catalyst in the Contact process,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) in aqueous solution reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to give a white precipitate
that redissolves in excess sodium hydroxide,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) is an insoluble salt,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) is involved in ozone depletion in the upper atmosphere,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) in aqueous solution will react with aqueous barium chloride to make a white precipitate,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(f) is an alkane,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(g) is used as a fertiliser?
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

3
A2 Small pieces of copper were added to excess concentrated sulfuric acid and the mixture For
heated for 30 minutes. A colourless gas Z was formed. When Z was tested with filter paper Examiner’s
dipped into acidified potassium dichromate(VI), there was a colour change from orange to Use
green.
The reaction mixture was cooled and then diluted with water. A blue solution, Y, was formed.
Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added drop by drop to the blue solution. Eventually a blue
precipitate, X, was formed. On heating the blue precipitate turned black to form compound V.
Analysis of V showed that it contained 79.9 % copper and 20.1 % oxygen by mass.
(a) Name gas Z.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Name the blue solution Y.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) When aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the cooled reaction mixture, it initially
reacted with excess sulfuric acid.
[1]
(d) (i) Name the blue precipitate X.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Write an ionic equation, including state symbols, to show the formation of this blue
precipitate.
[2]
(e) Calculate the empirical formula of the black solid V.
empirical formula of V is ...................................... [2]
[Total: 8]

4
A3 Uranium is a radioactive metal. It has two main isotopes, uranium-235 with a nucleon number For
of 235 and uranium-238 with a nucleon number of 238. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) State one similarity, in terms of sub-atomic particles, between uranium-235 and
uranium-238.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State one difference, in terms of sub-atomic particles, between uranium-235 and
uranium-238.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Uranium is manufactured from uranium(IV) oxide, UO2, in a two-step process.
Step 1 – uranium(IV) oxide is heated with hydrogen fluoride to make uranium(IV)

fluoride, UF4, and water.
Step 2 – uranium(IV) fluoride is reduced by magnesium to give uranium and one other
product.
(i) Construct the equation for step 1.
[1]
(ii) Construct the equation for step 2.
[1]
(iii) Step 2 involves a reduction.

Explain the meaning of the term reduction?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

5
(iv) Calculate the mass of uranium that can be made from 1.00 tonne of uranium(IV) For
oxide. Examiner’s
Use
[One tonne is one million grams.]
mass of uranium = .......................... tonnes [3]
(c) Uranium reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form hydrogen.

Using this information and your knowledge of the reactivity of metals, suggest where in
the following reactivity series you would place uranium.
most reactive potassium

sodium
calcium
magnesium
copper
least reactive silver
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 9]

6
A4 Hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, is a covalent compound. Hydrogen peroxide decomposes to form For
water and oxygen. Examiner’s
Use
2H2O2(l) 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
(a) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a molecule of hydrogen peroxide.
[2]
(b) The decomposition of hydrogen peroxide involves a change from the liquid state to
the gaseous state. Describe the difference in both the movement and arrangement of
particles in a liquid and in a gas.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) At room temperature pure hydrogen peroxide decomposes much faster than dilute
aqueous hydrogen peroxide.
Explain why in terms of collision theory.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) When aqueous iron(II) ions are warmed with aqueous hydrogen peroxide, iron(III) ions
are formed.
(i) Construct an ionic equation for the oxidation of iron(II) ions to iron(III) ions.
[1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

7
(ii) Describe a chemical test that can be used to confirm that iron(II) ions have been For
oxidised to form iron(III) ions. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Aqueous hydrogen peroxide was added to acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII).
The purple solution turned colourless.
Aqueous hydrogen peroxide was added to acidified aqueous potassium iodide. The
colourless solution turned brown.
What deductions can you make about hydrogen peroxide from these two observations?
Explain your answer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 11]

8
A5 Clean, dry air contains a mixture of gases including oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and the For
noble gases. Examiner’s
Use
(a) Give the percentage by volume of nitrogen in clean, dry air.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State and explain how oxygen is extracted from air.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Explain how the carbon cycle helps to keep the composition of air relatively constant.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
(d) Many electricity power stations burn fossil fuels. Sulfur dioxide is a pollutant produced
during the burning of fossil fuels. Sulfur dioxide causes acid rain.
Describe two ways in which calcium carbonate can be used to reduce the effects of
burning fossil fuels.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
. .....................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

9
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Electrolysis involves the chemical decomposition of a compound, either when molten or in

aqueous solution, by the passage of an electric current.
(a) Explain why aqueous calcium nitrate can be electrolysed but liquid pentane cannot.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State the products of the electrolysis of molten sodium chloride.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) State the products of the electrolysis of concentrated aqueous sodium chloride.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Describe the essential details of the manufacture of aluminium by electrolysis.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]

10
(e) A student investigates the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate using the apparatus For
Use
+ –
copper anode
copper cathode
(positive electrode)
(negative electrode)
aqueous copper(II)
sulfate
The student weighs the copper cathode before and after the electrolysis.
experiment current used time taken mass of cathode

number /A /s before starting / g after electrolysis / g
1 2.0 180 1.24 1.36
2 4.0 180 1.20 1.44
3 2.0 360 1.34 1.58
(i) Explain, with the aid of an equation, why the cathode increases in mass.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) In experiment 2 the student measures the mass of the anode both before and after
the electrolysis.
At the start the anode has a mass of 1.45 g.
Determine the mass of the anode at the end of the electrolysis.
mass of anode at end = ................................... g [1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

11
(iii) The student does a fourth experiment, this time using a current of 8.0 A for For
90 seconds. At the start the cathode has a mass of 1.51 g. Examiner’s
Predict the mass of the cathode at the end of the electrolysis. Use
mass of cathode at end = ................................... g [1]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Alcohols are a homologous series of organic compounds. For

The table shows some information about the first five alcohols. Examiner’s
Use
name molecular formula

methanol CH4O
ethanol C2H6O
C3H8O
butanol C4H10O
pentanol C5H12O
(a) Suggest the name of the alcohol with the molecular formula C3H8O.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Draw the structure of an alcohol with the molecular formula C4H10O and explain why
this alcohol is saturated.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Deduce the molecular formula of an alcohol that contains seven carbon atoms.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid to form ethyl ethanoate.
(i) Draw the structure of ethyl ethanoate.
[1]
(ii) Suggest a use for ethyl ethanoate.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

13
(e) Describe, with the aid of an equation, how ethanol is manufactured by fermentation. For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(f) When ethanol is heated with concentrated sulfuric acid a colourless gas, A, is produced.
Gas A will decolourise aqueous bromine.
Identify gas A.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Ethanoic acid is manufactured by a reaction between methanol, CH3OH, and carbon For
monoxide. Examiner’s
Use
CH3OH + CO CH3COOH ΔH = –137 kJ mol–1
This reaction is exothermic.
(a) The reaction is carried out at a pressure of 30 atmospheres and a temperature of

180 °C.
(i) Predict and explain the effect on the position of equilibrium if the reaction is carried
out at 30 atmospheres pressure and 20 °C rather than 180 °C.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest one reason why the reaction is carried out at 180 °C rather than 20 °C.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Complete the energy profile diagram for the reaction between methanol and carbon
monoxide.
On your diagram label the
• product,
• activation energy, Ea,
• enthalpy change for the reaction, ΔH.
reactants
energy
progress of reaction
[3]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11

15
(c) The manufacture of ethanoic acid from methanol also uses a catalyst to increase the For
speed of reaction. Examiner’s
Explain how a catalyst increases the speed of reaction. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) In an investigation 10.0 moles of methanol are mixed with 20.0 moles of carbon
monoxide.
At the end of the reaction 9.8 moles of ethanoic acid are formed.
Calculate the percentage yield of ethanoic acid.
percentage yield = .................................. % [2]
(e) Ethanoic acid reacts with ammonia to form a salt.

Give the formula of this salt.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Sulfamic acid, SO3NH3, is a weak acid used to remove limescale from kettles. For
Examiner’s
(a) Explain the meaning of the term weak acid ? Use
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The pH of an aqueous solution of sulfamic acid can be determined using a pH meter.
Describe another way of estimating the pH of a solution of sulfamic acid.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) A 0.105 g sample of sulfamic acid is dissolved in 25.0 cm3 of water. The sulfamic
acid solution requires 10.8 cm3 of 0.100 mol dm–3 potassium hydroxide for complete
neutralisation.
Calculate the number of moles of sulfamic acid that react with one mole of potassium
hydroxide.
number of moles of sulfamic acid = ...................................... [3]
(d) Aqueous sulfamic acid reacts with magnesium to form magnesium sulfamate,
Mg(SO3NH2)2.
[1]
(ii) Limescale contains calcium carbonate. Describe, with the aid of an equation, how
aqueous sulfamic acid reacts with calcium carbonate.
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Sulfamic acid reacts with sodium nitrite, NaNO2, to form water, sodium hydrogensulfate,
NaHSO4, and a colourless gas.
Suggest the identity of the colourless gas.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/M/J/11
DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/M/J/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
syllabuses.
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 5070 21
A1 Allow correct name but formula takes precedence
(a) V2O5 (1) [1]
(b) ZnSO4 (1) [1]
(c) AgI (1) [1]
(d) CF3Cl3 (1) [1]
(e) (NH4)2SO4 / ZnSO4 (1) [1]
(f) CH4 (1) [1]
(g) (NH4)2SO4 (1) [1]
[Total: 7]
A2 (a) sulfur dioxide (1)

Allow SO2 [1]
(b) copper(II) sulfate (1)

Allow CuSO4 [1]
(c) H+ + OH– → H2O (1)

Ignore state symbols [1]
(d) (i) Copper(II) hydroxide (1)

Allow Cu(OH)2 [1]
(ii) Cu2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Cu(OH)2(s)

Balanced equation (1)
Correct state symbols (1) [2]
79.9 20.1
(e) Mol ratio Cu:O = : / 1.25 : 1.26 (1)
64 16
CuO (1) [2]
[Total: 8]
© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

A3 (a) (i) same number of electrons / same number of protons / same electronic
arrangement of electrons / both have 92 electrons / both have 92 protons (1) [1]
(ii) different number of neutrons / uranium-238 has three more neutrons (1) [1]
(b) (i) UO2 + 4HF → UF4 + 2H2O (1) [1]
(ii) UF4 + 2Mg → U + 2MgF2 (1) [1]
(iii) reaction involving gain of electrons / reaction involving decrease in oxidation number (1)
Allow a reaction involving the loss of oxygen / gain of hydrogen [1]
(iv) Mr of UO2 = 270 (1)

Moles of UO2 = 3704 (1) Allow ecf from wrong Mr
Mass of uranium = 0.881 tonnes (1) Allow ecf from wrong moles
Correct answer scores all three marks
OR
Alternative approach using percentage composition
Mr of UO2 = 270 (1)
% of U = 88.1% (1) Allow ecf from wrong Mr
Mass of uranium = 0.881 tonnes (1) Allow ecf from wrong percentage [3]
(c) between magnesium and copper (1) [1]
[Total: 9]

A4 (a) All covalent bond pairs shown (1)

Rest of structure correct (1)
Ignore inner shell electrons of oxygen [2]
(b) Must be a comparison in both marking points

Particles in a gas are moving faster than particles in a liquid (1)
Particles in a gas are further apart than those in a liquid (1) [2]
(c) Particles in pure hydrogen peroxide are more crowded / closer together / more particles per
unit volume / particles are more concentrated (1)
So more collisions per second / increased collision frequency / collisions more often / more
chance of collision / collisions more likely (1) [2]
(d) (i) Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e– (1)

Allow Fe2+ – e– → Fe3+
Allow e instead of e– [1]
(ii) Add sodium hydroxide (solution) / (aqueous) Ammonia / add (aqueous) hydroxide
ions (1)
Should be a brown-rust ppt (1) [2]
(e) (Colour change of KMnO4 shows) it is a reducing agent / it can be oxidised (1)
(Colour change of KI shows) it is an oxidising agent / it can be reduced (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A5 (a) 78–79 % (1) [1]
(b) Fractional distillation (1)

of liquid air / liquefy air (1)
because (the components of air have) different boiling points (1) [3]
(c) Idea that carbon cycle involves photosynthesis and respiration (1)
Photosynthesis decreases carbon dioxide and increases oxygen / green plants change
carbon dioxide into oxygen (1)
And
any two from
Respiration increases carbon dioxide and decreases oxygen (1)
Combustion increases carbon dioxide and decreases oxygen (1)
Decomposition (of living things) increases carbon dioxide (1) [4]
(d) Used in flue-gas desulfurisation / removal of sulfur dioxide from gaseous emissions of power
station / absorbs the sulfur dioxide / neutralises (acidic) sulfur dioxide (1)
Added to lakes to neutralise acidic water (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

B6 (a) Calcium nitrate solution contains ions / AW (1)

Pentane only contains molecules / pentane is a covalent compound / pentane does not
contain ions (1) [2]
(b) Sodium and chlorine (1)

Allow Na and Cl2 [1]
(c) Hydrogen, chlorine (and sodium hydroxide) (1)

Allow H2, Cl2 (and NaOH) [1]
(d) Electrolyte is aluminium oxide (dissolved in cryolite) / alumina (1)

Graphite electrodes / Carbon electrodes (1) [2]
(e) (i) Gets plated with copper (1)

Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu (1) [2]
(ii) 1.21 (g) [1]
(iii) 1.75 (g) [1]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) Propanol / propan-1-ol / propan-2-ol (1) [1]
(b) CH3CH2CH2CH2OH / CH3CH2CHOHCH3 (1)

Only contains (C—C) single bonds (1)
Allow there are no (carbon-carbon) double bonds [2]
(c) C7H16O (1)

Allow C7H15OH [1]
(d) (i) CH3COOC2H5 (1) [1]
(ii) Solvent (1)

Allow flavouring / perfume [1]
(e) C6H12O6 → 2C2H5OH + 2CO2 (1)

Use of yeast (1)
Any temperature or range of temperature within 20–40 °C / absence of oxygen / anaerobic
conditions / presence of water / Fractional distillation (to separate ethanol) (1)
Ignore incorrect reactants this has been assessed by the equation [3]
(f) Ethene / C2H4 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

B8 (a) (i) Position of equilibrium moves to the right (1)

Allow make more CH3COOH
Because the reaction is exothermic / to release energy (1) This mark is dependant on
the position of equilibrium moves to the right [2]
(ii) Reaction is faster / activation energy is very high (1) [1]
(b) Labelled products to the right and below reactants (1)

Correct labelled activation energy for the forward reaction (1)
Allow double headed arrow head / arrow without any heads
Not arrow in wrong direction
Correct labelled enthalpy change (1)
Not arrow in wrong direction / double headed arrow
Note – arrows do not have to start exactly at reactant level and finish exactly at product or
maximum of curve
Maximum of two marks for an error carried forward for a reaction that is endothermic
i.e. enthalpy change mark and activation energy [3]
(c) Lowers the activation energy (1)

Allow more effective collisions / more successful collisions [1]
(d) Maximum moles that can be made is 10 / limiting reactant is the carbon monoxide (1)
98% (1) [2]
(e) CH3CO2NH4 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) Only partially dissociates / does not completely ionise (1) [1]
(b) Use universal indicator (1)

Idea that the different colours indicate different pH values / match colour against a colour
chart (1)
Allow this mark even for an incorrect indicator [2]
0.105
(c) Moles of sulfamic acid = / 0.00107 (1)
97
10.8
Moles of KOH = × 0.100 / 0.00108 (1)
1000
so reacts with one mole (1) [3]
(d) (i) Mg + 2SO3NH3 → Mg(SO3NH2)2 + H2 (1) [1]
(ii) CaCO3 + 2SO3NH3 → Ca(SO3NH2)2 + H2O + CO2 (1)

Forms carbon dioxide / bubbles (1)
Allow carbon dioxide from the equation [2]
(e) Nitrogen (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

* 3 2 5 3 6 0 3 5 1 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B7
B8
B9
B10
Total
DC (CW/DJ) 27259/3
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
ammonia
carbon monoxide
copper(II) carbonate
copper(II) chloride
copper(II) sulfate
sodium chloride
sodium hydroxide
sodium sulfate
sulfur dioxide
sulfuric acid
zinc carbonate
zinc nitrate
Which compound
(a) is a white solid with a high melting point that dissolves in water to form an alkaline
solution,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) is a blue solid which, when dissolved in water, gives a white precipitate with aqueous
barium nitrate,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) is a colourless gas that turns moist red litmus paper blue,
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) is a white solid that decomposes on heating to form carbon dioxide?
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

3
A2 Alkanes are a homologous series of saturated hydrocarbons. For

Examiner’s
(a) What is the general formula of alkanes? Use
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Draw the structures of the two isomers of C4H10.
[2]
(c) One of the isomers of C4H10, butane, reacts with chlorine in the presence of ultra-violet
light. It forms hydrogen chloride gas and a mixture of liquid compounds.
(i) Name this type of reaction.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Draw the structure of one of the liquid compounds.
[1]
(d) Name the process by which butane is separated from crude oil.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]

4
A3 Vegetable oils can be used both to make margarine and as fuels such as bio-diesel. For
Examiner’s
(a) Many vegetable oils are polyunsaturated. Use
(i) Explain the meaning of the term polyunsaturated.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe how you could distinguish between samples of saturated and unsaturated
vegetable oils.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how margarine can be manufactured from unsaturated vegetable oils.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Bio-diesel contains the compound C15H30O2.

Suggest the products of the complete combustion of this compound.
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Farmers that grow vegetable oil crops often use large quantities of ammonium nitrate
fertiliser, NH4NO3.
Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium nitrate.
percentage = .................................. % [2]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

5
(e) Microorganisms in the soil convert ammonium nitrate into gaseous nitrous oxide, N2O. For
This gas is a greenhouse gas. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Describe two possible consequences of an increasing concentration of greenhouse

gases in the atmosphere.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Ammonium nitrate can be thermally decomposed in the laboratory to form nitrous
oxide and one other product.
Construct the equation for this decomposition.
[1]
[Total: 12]

6
A4 Fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine are elements in Group VII of the Periodic Table. For
Scientists are trying to synthesise a new element in Group VII with a proton number of 117. Examiner’s
Use
(a) How many valency electrons will be present in one atom of this new element?
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Complete the following table about an isotope of this new element.
nucleon number 280
number of protons
number of neutrons
[2]
(c) Predict two physical properties of this new element.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ...................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Fluorine reacts with magnesium to form magnesium fluoride.
(i) Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Give both the electronic configuration and the charge on the ions which are present
in magnesium fluoride.
[2]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

7
(e) Trifluorochloromethane, CF3Cl, is a covalent compound. For

Examiner’s
(i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a CF3Cl molecule. Use
You only need to show the outer electrons for each atom.
[2]
(ii) Trifluorochloromethane does not conduct electricity.

Suggest one other physical property of trifluorochloromethane.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Suggest one environmental problem associated with the presence of

trifluorochloromethane in the atmosphere.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 12]

8
A5 Blue diamonds are an impure form of carbon. Part of the structure of a blue diamond is For
Use
= carbon atom
= boron atom
blue diamond
Blue diamonds have a high melting point and can conduct electricity.
(a) Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why blue diamonds have a high melting
point.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Normal diamonds are a pure form of carbon. They do not conduct electricity.
(i) Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why normal diamonds do not conduct
electricity.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest why blue diamonds can conduct electricity.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Graphite is another pure form of carbon. Suggest two reasons why graphite is often
used as an electrode in electrolysis.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ...................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

9
A6 Proteins are natural polyamides which can be hydrolysed to form amino acids. For
Examiner’s
(a) Name a synthetic polyamide. Use
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The hydrolysis of proteins forms a mixture of colourless amino acids.

identify a mixture of amino acids.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
[Total: 5]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B7 Nitric oxide, NO, is an atmospheric pollutant formed inside car engines by the reaction
between nitrogen and oxygen.
N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g) ΔH = +66 kJ mol–1
This reaction is endothermic.
(a) Explain the meaning of the term endothermic.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Complete the energy profile diagram for the reaction between nitrogen and oxygen.
• product,
• activation energy, Ea,
• enthalpy change for the reaction, ΔH.
reactants
energy
[3]
(c) Calculate the mass of nitric oxide formed when 100 g of nitrogen reacts completely with
oxygen.
mass of nitric oxide = ................................... g [3]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

11
(d) Explain how the speed of reaction between nitrogen and oxygen changes when the For
pressure of the gaseous mixture is increased from 1 atmosphere to 10 atmospheres. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Propanoic acid, C2H5CO2H, and hydrochloric acid, HCl, both act as acids when dissolved in For
water. Examiner’s
Use
(a) State the formula of an ion found in both dilute propanoic acid and in dilute hydrochloric
acid.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Propanoic acid reacts with magnesium carbonate to form water, a colourless gas and a
salt. In this reaction
(i) name the gas,
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) give the formula of the salt.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(c) In an experiment magnesium ribbon is added to 25.0 cm3 of 1.00 mol/dm3 hydrochloric
acid, an excess.
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
Every 30 seconds the total volume of hydrogen formed is measured at room temperature
and pressure. The results are shown on the grid below.
120
100
volume of hydrogen / cm3
80
60
40
20
0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
time / s
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11
13
(i) Use information from the graph to calculate the mass of magnesium ribbon used in For
the experiment. Examiner’s
[One mole of any gas at room temperature and pressure occupies a volume of Use
24 000 cm3.]
mass of magnesium ribbon = ................................... g [3]
(ii) The experiment was repeated using the same mass of magnesium ribbon but with
25.0 cm3 of 1.00 mol/dm3 propanoic acid, an excess.
Draw on the grid a graph of the results for the reaction between magnesium ribbon
and propanoic acid.
[2]
(d) Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with aqueous silver nitrate to form a white precipitate.
Write an ionic equation, with state symbols, for this reaction.
[2]
[Total:10]

14
B9 Copper is a transition metal. It is used both in its pure form and in alloys. For
Examiner’s
(a) The physical properties of copper can be explained in terms of metallic bonding. Use
Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, the metallic bonding in copper.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Pure copper is used to make electrical wires because it is a good electrical conductor.
(i) Explain why copper is a good electrical conductor.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe how impure copper can be purified.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Name an alloy that contains copper.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

15
(d) Many millions of tonnes of copper are recycled every year. For
Describe some of the advantages and disadvantages of recycling copper. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Glucose, C6H12O6, is one of the products of photosynthesis. For

Examiner’s
(a) State the empirical formula for glucose. Use
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Write an equation to show how glucose is formed in photosynthesis.
[1]
(ii) Give the essential conditions for this process.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Fermentation converts glucose into ethanol, a biofuel.
C6H12O6 2C2H5OH + 2CO2
(i) State two essential conditions for fermentation to take place.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ...........................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Calculate the maximum mass of ethanol that can be made from 1 tonne of
glucose.
[One tonne is one million grams.]
maximum mass of ethanol = ............................ tonne [3]
(iii) Suggest one possible problem in making biofuels by fermentation.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/M/J/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/M/J/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
syllabuses.
A1 NOTE: in A1 (a)–(d) the name takes precedence over the formula if both given
(a) sodium hydroxide / NaOH [1]
(b) copper(II) sulfate / CuSO4 [1]

ALLOW: copper sulfate
(c) ammonia / NH3 [1]
(d) zinc carbonate / ZnCO3 [1]
[Total:4]
A2 (a) CnH2n+2 [1]

ALLOW: x in place of n
(b) CH3CH2CH2CH3 / displayed formula; [1]

ALLOW: mixture of displayed and structural formula e.g.
H
H3C CH2CH2 C H
ALLOW: (CH2)2 in middle
H
REJECT: – CH at end of molecule
H
REJECT: if one or more hydrogen atoms missing in displayed formula
(CH3)2CHCH3 / displayed formula [1]

ALLOW: mixture of displayed and structural formula
H
REJECT: – CH at end of molecule
H
REJECT: if one or more hydrogen atoms missing in displayed formula

(c) (i) substitution [1]

ALLOW: if qualifying adjective to substitution e.g.
nucleophilic substitution/ chlorine substitution
IGNORE: chlorination / halogenation
APPLY: listing e.g. substitution + addition = 0
(ii) Any correct structure of a chloro substituted butane e.g. [1]
CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl / CH3CH2CHCl CH3 /
CH3CH2CHClCH2Cl
ALLOW: displayed formula /mixture of displayed and structural formula

APPLY same rules as in (b)
(d) fractional distillation [1]

ALLOW: fractionation
APPLY: listing
[Total:6]
A3 (a) (i) contains carbon–carbon double bonds; [1]
contains many / more than one (double bond); [1]

NOTE: 2nd mark dependent on double bonds being stated
REJECT: ideas of monomers e.g. chains of many monomers which contain C=C double
bonds
REJECT: ideas of polymers
(ii) add aqueous bromine / add bromine water; [1]

ALLOW: add bromine / bromine liquid / bromine gas
with saturated hydrocarbon, bromine stays orange but unsaturated decolourised / with
saturated hydrocarbon bromine does not change colour but unsaturated decolourise [1]
ALLOW: red-brown / brown / yellow for colour of bromine (but no other colours / not red)
IGNORE: unsaturated becomes clear / unsaturated becomes discoloured
ALLOW: (acidified) potassium mangante(VII) / potassium permanganate (1 mark)
with saturated hydrocarbon, potassium permanganate stays purple / pink but

unsaturated decolourised / with saturated hydrocarbon potassium permanganate does
not change colour but unsaturated decolourised (1 mark)
NOTE: it must be made clear which is the test for saturated and which is the test for the
unsaturated compound
(b) hydrogenation / reaction with hydrogen / reaction with H2 / bubbling hydrogen through the
mixture / adding hydrogen [1]
APPLY: listing e.g. adding hydrogen and oxygen = 0
IGNORE: conditions

(c) carbon dioxide / CO2; [1]
water / H2O / steam / hydrogen oxide [1]

ALLOW: carbon dioxide / CO2 and water / H2O etc as products from an equation
APPLY: listing
(d) 35% [2]

ALLOW: error carried forward from wrong Mr (for 1 mark)
ALLOW: 1 mark for Mr = 80 if answer is incorrect and no error carried forward
(e) (i) Any two from: [2]
• (increased) global warming / increased atmospheric temperature / Earth will be

warmer / Earth will be hotter / environment is getting hotter
NOT: it is getting hot
• climate change / example of climate change e.g. desertification / more heavy storms
/ more hurricanes / more tornados / more winds etc
NOTE: there must be emphasis on increase in drastic weather conditions. Change
in weather conditions is not enough.
• rise in sea level / polar ice melts / polar ice-cap melts / glaciers melt / flooding of low
lying areas
IGNORE: ice melts without qualification / flooding without qualification
IGNORE: pollution / effect on humans / mention of ozone / acid rain
(ii) NH4NO3 → N2O + 2H2O [1]

ALLOW: multiples
[Total: 12]
A4 (a) 7 [1]
(b) (number of protons) 117; [1]
(number of neutrons) 163 [1]

ALLOW: error carried forward from number of protons i.e. 280 – number of protons)

(c) Any 2 of: [2]
• poor electrical conductor / does not conduct electricity / poor conductor of heat / does
not conduct heat
• solid / crystalline
• has (relatively) low melting point / (relatively) low boiling point / highest melting point of
the Group / highest boiling point of the Group / higher melting point (or boiling point)
than iodine
NOT: higher melting point / boiling point alone
• black / grey / dark (no other colours e.g. dark brown)
ALLOW: darker than iodine / astatine
IGNORE: darker (without iodine/ astatine)
• insoluble in water / soluble in organic solvents
• radioactive
IGNORE: low density / dull surface / soft / hazardous / poisonous / diatomic
(d) (i) Mg + F2 → MgF2 [1]

(ii) F– is 2,8 ; [1]

(only 1 F– need be shown)
Mg2+ is 2,8 [1]
ALLOW: information from diagram

ALLOW: 1 mark for Mg2+ and F– (correct charges)
ALLOW: 1 mark for correct electronic structure for both ions i.e. 2,8 and 2,8
ALLOW: Fl– for F–
IF: charge in nucleus in two otherwise correct diagrams = 1 mark

(e) (i) shared pair of electrons between carbon and each of the 4 halogen atoms; [1]
ALLOW: all dots / all crosses
rest of structure correct [1]

IGNORE: inner shells of electrons
IGNORE: type of halogen atoms e.g. CCl4 / CF4
REJECT: incorrect arrangement of atoms e.g. CF3
(ii) Any one of: [1]
• poor conductor of heat / does not conduct heat

• has low melting point / has low boiling point / it is a gas
allow: it is a liquid
• low density
• insoluble in water / soluble in organic solvents
IGNORE: covalent / forms dimers
(iii) ozone depletion / destroys ozone layer / damages ozone layer / hole in the ozone layer /
converts ozone to oxygen [1]
ALLOW: global warming / any of the results of global warming mentioned in 3e(i)
REJECT: acid rain
[Total: 12]
A5 (a) many (strong) covalent bonds [1]

IGNORE: has a giant molecular structure
needs a lot of energy to break bonds / needs a lot of heat to break bonds / needs high
temperature to break bonds [1]
ALLOW: hard to break the bonds / large amount of energy to overcome bonds / lot of energy
needed to break strong forces between atoms
NOT: (just) lot of energy needed to break strong forces
REJECT: references to intermolecular or ionic forces = 0 for the question
(b) (i) no free electrons / no mobile electrons / electrons not free to move / all outer electrons
fixed in position / no delocalised electrons / all electrons involved in covalent bonding /
no sea of electrons [1]
ALLOW: the four electrons needed to form a covalent bond
IGNORE: no ions to move
(ii) (some) electrons free to move / it has delocalised electrons / blue diamond has
delocalised electrons (some of the) electrons are delocalised / (some) free electrons /
sea of electrons [1]
IGNORE: boron is metallic / boron is a metalloid / boron has sea of electrons / boron has
delocalised electrons

(c) Any two from: [2]
• conducts electricity / has free moving electrons

• high melting point
• (relatively) unreactive
ALLOW: less reactive / doesn’t react with solution
• doesn’t dissolve in water / insoluble in water
IGNORE: price / it is a solid
[Total: 6]
A6 (a) Nylon / Kevlar / Trogamid / Kermal / Nomex / Twaron / Technon / Teijinconex / Rilson /
Ultramid [1]
(b) Marks can be obtained from written material or diagram
spot of mixture on (filter) paper above solvent level and paper dipping into solvent [1]
ALLOW: liquid (for solvent)
from diagram: paper dipping into a solvent (which needn’t be labelled) and spot shown on
either (i) just above solvent or (ii) further up the paper with base line shown or (iii) on base
line and further up
NOTE: base line and /or spot must be above solvent level
ALLOW: liquid (for solvent)
spray with locating agent / use locating agent / spray with ninhydrin / use ninhydrin; [1]
ALLOW; spray with colouring agent
NOTE: the locating agent mark must be in context of the paper after running the amino acids
not at another stage e.g. adding it to the solvent
The next 2 marks can be accessed in two ways:
EITHER
First way:
measure Rf value(s) / use Rf values / description of how to measure Rf e.g.
Rf = distance moved by spot (from base line) [1]
distance moved by solvent front (from base line)
compare against standard Rf values / compare with known Rf values/ compare with Rf values
in book [1]
OR
Second way:
run known and unknown amino acid on the same piece of paper [1]
ALLOW: from diagram with labels of known and unknown
compare unknown (amino acid) with distance travelled by known (amino acids) on same
piece of paper
ALLOW: from diagram showing spots of known and unknown run the same distance with
some labelling explanation in words e.g. same (distance) / run equal distance [1]
[Total:5]

B7 (a) reaction absorbs energy / reaction absorbs heat / it absorbs energy / it absorbs heat [1]
ALLOW: temperature of surroundings decreases / energy of products greater than energy of
reactants / energy needed greater than energy released / it goes cold / bond energy of
products is less than bond energy of reactants
IGNORE: energy needed to break the bonds (alone) / ∆H is positive
IGNORE: energy needed (on its own)
IGNORE: implications of activation energy e.g. heat needed to start the reaction
(b) product to the right and above reactants; [1]

ALLOW: NO / nitrogen oxide as product
Ea for forward reaction correctly labelled; [1]

IGNORE: double-headed arrow / arrow without any heads /
NOT: arrow pointing downwards
NOTE: arrow does not have to start exactly at reactant line and finish exactly at maximum of
curve
∆H labelled correctly with arrow pointing upwards (for endothermic reaction); [1]
ALLOW: + 66 (kJ mol–1) in place of ∆H
ALLOW: H2 – H1 with H2 and H1 shown on vertical axis of diagram
NOTE: arrow does not have to start exactly at reactant level and finish exactly at product
level
NOT: arrows with double heads / arrow pointing downwards
NOTE: Max 2 marks for error carried forward from a reaction that is exothermic and has
products on right as long as the arrows for Ea and ∆H are appropriate
(c) moles N2 = 100 or 3.57 / 3.6 ; [1]

28
moles nitric oxide = 7.14 / indication of 2 x moles of N2 [1]

ALLOW: error carried forward from incorrect moles N2
IGNORE: 2 x mass in grams
mass of nitric oxide = (7.14 x 30) = 214 g [1]

ALLOW: 214.2 g / 214.3 / 214.28 / 214.29 g / answer to the number of significant figures the
Candidate uses (minimum 2 SF’s)
ALLOW: error carried forward from incorrect moles of nitric oxide
NOTE:
ALLOW: answer to two significant figures e.g. 210
IF: first marking point has been reduced to 2 significant figures i.e. 3.6 (1 mark) This gives
7.2 for the second marking point (1 mark ) and an answer of 216 (3rd mark)
OR
28 g N2 gives 60 g nitric oxide (1 mark)
100 g N2 gives (100 x 60/28 g) nitric oxide = 214 g (1 mark)
mass of nitric oxide = (7.14 x 30) = 214 g
[NOTE: correct answer without working scores 3 marks]

(d) rate increases / speed increases; [1]
more particles in given volume / more particles in same volume / more particles per cm3 /
particles more crowded / particles closer together / more concentrated particles [1]
IGNORE: more collisions unqualified / more particles in a given area
ALLOW: molecules / atoms / species for particles
more collisions per second / collision frequency increases/ increases collision rate / higher
chance of collisions / collide more often / higher probability of collisions; [1]
IGNORE: more effective collisions / more energetic collisions unqualified / quicker collisions
IGNORE: equilibrium statements
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) H+ / H3O+ [1]
(b) (i) carbon dioxide / CO2 [1]
(ii) Mg(C2H5CO2)2 / (C2H5CO2)2Mg / Mg(C2H5COO)2 / (C2H5COO)2Mg [1]
(c) (i) moles hydrogen = 60 or 0.0025 ; [1]

24000
moles magnesium = 0.0025 ; [1]

ALLOW: error carried forward from moles of hydrogen
mass magnesium (= 0.0025 x 24) = 0.06 g [1]

ALLOW: error carried forward from moles of magnesium / error carried forward from
using 22 400 as molar gas volume
[correct answer without working = 3 marks)
(ii) same volume at the end of the experiment ; [1]

same general shape but initial gradient less and levels out after 120 s [1]
(d) Ag+(aq) + Cl–(aq) → AgCl(s)

correct balanced equation ; [1]
correct state symbols (dependent on the correct species) [1]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) closely packed positive ions regularly arranged; [1]

REJECT: closely packed atoms
sea of electrons / delocalised electrons / free electrons; [1]

NOTE: electrons can be shown in diagram as e– / e or – or dots labelled electron
attraction between electrons and positive ions [1]

IGNORE: attraction between electrons and protons
NOTE: marks can be obtained from either written description or a diagram but take account
of any contradictory statements
(b) (i) electrons can move / has delocalised electrons / electrons are free / has sea of electrons
/ has mobile electrons [1]
(ii) impure copper anode and pure copper cathode ; [1]
electrolysis of (aqueous) copper(II) sulfate / copper(II) nitrate [1]

ALLOW: electrolysis of copper sulfate / copper nitrate
NOT: electrolysis of copper chloride
ALLOW: description of electrolysis e.g. cells connected to electrodes dipping in
electrolyte / pass electric current through solution of copper sulfate
ALLOW: relevant information from a diagram
IGNORE: copper being deposited at the wrong electrode
(c) brass / bronze / gilding metal / Muntz metal / yellow metal / bell metal / cupro-nickel /
gunmetal / speculum metal / (cupro) nickel-silver / duralumin [1]
ALLOW: smart alloy / gold alloy
IGNORE: steel alloys
(d) Any three of: [3]
• copper ores are in limited supply / are becoming worked out / are finite (resource) /
saves resources / less copper extracted from the soil
IGNORE: no waste of copper
• less energy used (in recycling than in extracting from the ore)
• reduces pollution / reduces waste / reduces trash / less eyesore / not an eyesore / less
landfill / no landfill
IGNORE: does not cause pollution
• (need to) sort out recycled metals / (need to) collect scrap / collecting scrap (costs
money) / collecting scrap requires energy
• need to purify the recycled copper
• (less mining) saves more land for other uses / (less mining) saves land for more
agriculture
IGNORE: costs / time consuming
[Total: 10]

B10 (a) CH2O [1]
(b) (i) 6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2 [1]

ALLOW: 6CO2 + 12H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2 + 6H2O
IGNORE: word equation
(ii) Any two of: [2]
• needs sunlight (NOT: light alone)

• needs chlorophyll
• needs enzyme(s)
• temperature values quoted from 20 and 40 °C (if range given, both values should be
within the range)
ALLOW: ‘body’ temperature
IGNORE: temperature more than a specified temperature / temperature less than a
specified temperature / room temperature
APPLY: listing but ignore CO2 and H2O in listing
(c) (i) Any two of: [2]
• temperature values quoted from 20 and 40 °C (if range given, both values should be
within the range)
ALLOW: ‘body’ temperature
IGNORE: temperature more than a specified temperature / temperature less than a
specified temperature / room temperature
• water / moisture / damp
IGNORE: humid
• needs yeast / enzymes / zymase
• pH 7 / pH near 7 / neutral
• absence of oxygen / anaerobic
IGNORE: minerals / salts
APPLY: listing

(ii) Method 1:
moles of glucose = 1000000 / 5 556 / 5 555.5 ; [1]
180
moles ethanol = 2 x moles glucose / 11 111 / 11 112 ; [1]

ALLOW: error carried forward from wrong moles of glucose
mass of ethanol = (46 x moles ethanol) = 511 106 g / 511 111 g/ 511 152 g / 0.511 106
to 0.511 152 tonnes [1]
ALLOW: 0.51(1) tonnes / 511 000 g / 510 000 g
ALLOW: error carried forward from incorrect moles of ethanol
[correct answer without working = 3 marks]
ALLOW: 0.5 as final answer depending on working being correct i.e. not 1 tonne ÷ 2
IF: no other marks scored allow correct molar masses of glucose and ethanol i.e. 180
and 46
NOTE: if working is in tonnes but answer incorrect candidates can get a mark for 1/180
and a mark for 2 x moles glucose
ALLOW: credit for answers derived from particular part rounded to 1 significant figure
e.g. 5.5 x 103 x 2 = 1 x 104 gets the first 2 marks.
Alternative: Method 2
180 g glucose → 46 g ethanol (1 mark)
indication of correct molar ratio e.g. 2 x 46 / 92 (1 mark for either)
ALLOW: error carried forward
1 000 000 g glucose → 1 000 000 x 92/ 180 = 511 111 g (1 mark)
ALLOW: error carried forward from incorrect moles of ethanol
(iii) produces a greenhouse gas / carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas / need to separate
ethanol from fermentation mixture (or words to that effect) [1]
ALLOW: fermentation is a slow process
IGNORE: fermentation is a long process / takes a long time
ALLOW: fewer food crops / fewer plants grown for food / food crop used for biofuels
instead of food
IGNORE: global warming / carbon dioxide given off / high activation energy
[Total:10]

* 3 5 3 9 3 7 7 5 9 2 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NF/CGW) 34310/2
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following list of elements to answer the questions below.
calcium
chlorine
hydrogen
iodine
nickel
sodium
vanadium
zinc
Each element can be used once, more than once, or not at all.
Which element
(a) forms an oxide which is amphoteric,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is a catalyst in the hydrogenation of alkenes,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) oxidises aqueous bromide ions to bromine,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) is used in water purification to kill bacteria,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is formed at the cathode when a dilute aqueous solution of sodium chloride is
electrolysed,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) can be used in the sacrificial protection of iron?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

3
A2 Pure oxygen for industrial use is obtained from the air. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) State the percentage by volume of oxygen in clean air. Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how fractional distillation is used to obtain oxygen from the air.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) When acetylene, C2H2, burns in oxygen it produces a very hot flame.
State one industrial use for this oxyacetylene flame.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Acetylene has a triple covalent bond between its carbon atoms.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for acetylene.
You need only show the outer electrons.
[1]

4
(d) Oxygen reacts with magnesium to form magnesium oxide. For

Draw diagrams to show the complete electronic structure and charges of both ions Examiner’s
present in magnesium oxide. Use
[2]
(e) Oxygen, O2, in the atmosphere can react to form ozone, O3.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In the upper atmosphere there is a layer of ozone surrounding the Earth.
Explain the importance of this layer in terms of human health.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

5
A3 The alkanes are an homologous series of saturated hydrocarbons with the general formula For
CnH2n+2. Examiner’s
Use
(a) What do you understand by the term hydrocarbon?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Write the molecular formula for the alkane containing seven carbon atoms.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Two different structural formulae can be written for the alkane having the molecular
formula C4H10.
H C H
H H H H H H
H C C C C H H C C C H
H H H H H H H
butane methylpropane
What term is given to compounds with the same molecular formula but different structural
formulae?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) A student ignites a mixture of 15 cm3 of propane and 100 cm3 of oxygen. The oxygen is
in excess. All measurements of volume are taken at room temperature and pressure.
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l)
Calculate
the volume of carbon dioxide formed,
.............................................................................................................................. cm3 [1]
the volume of unreacted oxygen remaining.
...............................................................................................................................cm3 [1]
(e) Explain why the incomplete combustion of an alkane in an enclosed space is

hazardous.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 7]

6
A4 Coal is largely carbon. For

Examiner’s
(a) Carbon burns in excess air to form carbon dioxide. Use
C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g) ΔH = –393.5 kJ / mol
(i) Draw an energy profile diagram for this reaction on the axes below.
On your diagram label
• the reactants and products

• the enthalpy change for the reaction
• the activation energy
enthalpy
reaction pathway
[3]
(ii) Give a test for carbon dioxide.
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation .......................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

7
(b) Coal contains a small amount of sulfur. For

Examiner’s
(i) Explain how the burning of coal results in the formation of acid rain. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) State one effect of acid rain.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Oxides of nitrogen also contribute to acid rain. They can be formed naturally in the
atmosphere from nitrogen and oxygen.
(i) What condition is needed to allow nitrogen and oxygen to combine in the
atmosphere?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Nitric acid in the atmosphere can chemically erode buildings made from carbonate
rocks.
Write an equation for the reaction of nitric acid, HNO3, with calcium carbonate,
CaCO3.
[2]
[Total: 12]

8
A5 Bromine is a halogen. It has two naturally-occurring isotopes. For

Examiner’s
(a) Define the term isotopes. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) One isotope of bromine has the symbol 81Br.

35
State the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in this isotope of bromine.
protons ............................
neutrons ..........................
electrons ......................... [2]
(c) Bromine is a liquid at room temperature.
(i) Draw a diagram to show the arrangement of the molecules in liquid bromine.
Show a bromine molecule as z .
[2]
(ii) A small amount of liquid bromine was placed in the bottom of a sealed flask. After
thirty minutes the brown colour of the bromine had spread throughout the flask.
air
liquid bromine
start after 30 minutes
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain these observations.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11
9
(d) Bromine forms a variety of compounds with other halogens. For

Examiner’s
(i) Bromine reacts with fluorine to form bromine(I) fluoride, BrF. Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Another compound of bromine and fluorine is bromine(V) fluoride, BrF5.

Calculate the percentage of bromine by mass in bromine(V) fluoride.
[2]
[Total: 11]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Ammonia is made by the Haber process.
(a) (i) Write an equation for the formation of ammonia in the Haber process.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) State the essential conditions for the Haber process.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Ammonia is used to make fertilisers.

Explain why farmers use fertilisers.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Many fertilisers are ammonium salts.

Explain why adding calcium hydroxide to the soil can cause the loss of nitrogen from the
ammonium salts added as fertilisers.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Fertilisers such as ammonium nitrate and ammonium phosphate are solids.
They can get into lakes and cause excessive growth of algae.
(i) Explain how these fertilisers get into lakes.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What name is given to the enrichment of lakes with nitrates and phosphates which
leads to the death of plant and animal life in the lakes?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

11
B7 Sulfuric acid is a strong acid. Ethanoic acid is a weak acid. For

Examiner’s
(a) What do you understand by the terms strong acid and weak acid ? Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Compare and explain the difference in the electrical conductivity between a strong and
a weak acid.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) A dilute solution of sulfuric acid contains hydrogen ions, hydroxide ions and sulfate ions.
When this solution is electrolysed, hydrogen gas is formed at the cathode and oxygen
gas is formed at the anode.
(i) Explain why hydrogen is formed at the cathode.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write the ionic equation for the reaction at the anode.
............................................................................................................................. [2]

12
(d) Magnesium reacts with dilute sulfuric acid. For

Examiner’s
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq) MgSO4(aq) + H2(g) Use
(i) Describe how you can follow the progress of this reaction.
What measurements can you use to calculate the speed of the reaction?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) A student reacts 3.0 g of magnesium with 2.5 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
Calculate the minimum volume of sulfuric acid that reacts with all the magnesium.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

13
B8 The table gives some information about the first five members of the carboxylic acid For
homologous series. Examiner’s
Use
carboxylic acid formula boiling point / °C
methanoic acid HCO2H 101
ethanoic acid CH3CO2H 118
propanoic acid C2H5CO2H 141
butanoic acid 166
pentanoic acid C4H9CO2H
(a) (i) Estimate the boiling point of pentanoic acid.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of butanoic acid.

Show all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(iii) Ethanoic acid reacts with sodium.

............................................................................................................................. [1]

14
(b) Carboxylic acids react with alcohols to form esters. For

Examiner’s
(i) Name the ester formed when ethanoic acid reacts with ethanol. Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) The diagram shows the repeat unit of poly(ethenyl ethanoate)
CH3CO
H O
C C
H H n
Draw the structure of the monomer used to make poly(ethenyl ethanoate).
[1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

15
(c) Carboxylic acid X contains 55.8% carbon, 7.0% hydrogen and 37.2% oxygen. For
Examiner’s
(i) Calculate the empirical formula of X. Use
[2]
(ii) A molecule of carboxylic acid X contains four carbon atoms. What is its molecular
formula?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Carboxylic acid X is an unsaturated compound.

Give a test for an unsaturated compound.
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation .......................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Barium is a reactive metal in Group II of the Periodic Table. For

Barium reacts with water in a similar way to sodium. The products of the reaction are aqueous Examiner’s
barium hydroxide and a colourless gas. Use
(a) (i) Write an equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Aqueous barium hydroxide is neutralised by hydrochloric acid.

Write the simplest ionic equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Explain why barium metal conducts electricity.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Barium oxide reacts with aluminium.
3BaO + 2Al 3Ba + Al2O3
Explain how this equation shows that aluminium is a reducing agent.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Barium sulfate is an insoluble compound.

Describe how a pure dry sample of barium sulfate is prepared from aqueous barium
nitrate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total:10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
A1 (a) zinc
ALLOW: vanadium [1]
(b) nickel [1]
(c) chlorine [1]
(d) chlorine [1]
(e) hydrogen [1]
(f) zinc [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) (i) 20% [1]
(ii) lower temperature of (purified) air so below boiling points of gases/liquefy air/air
compressed and expanded so cools to liquid; [1]
idea of distillation/temperature raised gradually oxygen remains liquid whilst nitrogen (or
other gases) distil off; [1]
ACCEPT: ideas about separation according to boiling points
ACCEPT: ideas about heavier molecules having higher boiling points
(b) welding/joining metals; [1]
(c) correct dot and cross diagram for acetylene; [1]
(d) charges correct either on diagram or written as Mg2+ and O2– [1]
correct electronic structures for both (2,8); [1]
(e) (i) 3O2 → 2O3; [1]

(ignore + uv)
(ii) absorbs ultraviolet radiation which is harmful/absorbs uv which causes skin cancer; [1]
ALLOW: blocks uv which is harmful
[Total: 9]

A3 (a) substance containing only carbon and hydrogen; [1]
(b) C7H16 [1]
(c) isomers; [1]
(d) 45 cm3 [1]

25 cm3 [1]
(e) carbon monoxide formed; [1]

which is poisonous/toxic/kills you; [1]
[Total: 7]
A4 (a) (i) reactants on left and products on right and reactants above products; [1]
enthalpy change shown correctly; [1]
activation energy shown correctly; [1]
(ii) limewater; [1]

turns milky/cloudy/white precipitate; [1]
(b) (i) any 3 of: [3]

sulfur burns to form sulfur dioxide/correct equation;
sulfur dioxide dissolves in rainwater/correct equation;
further oxidation to sulfur trioxide in the atmosphere/correct equation; sulfur dioxide/
trioxide is an acidic oxide;
(ii) breathing difficulties/lung or throat irritant; [1]
(c) (i) lightning/high voltage/electric spark; [1]
(ii) 2HNO3 + CaCO3 → Ca(NO3)2 + CO2 + H2O [2]

1 mark for correct formulae
1 mark for balance
[Total: 12]

A5 (a) atoms of same element/with same number of protons but different numbers of neutrons/
atoms with the same proton (atomic) number but different nucleon number; [1]
(b) electrons = 35 and protons = 35; [1]

neutrons = 46; [1]
(c) (i) molecules very close together; [1]

molecules random/irregularly arranged; [1]
(ii) any 3 of: [3]

faster moving/more energetic molecules escape from liquid/
diffusion/
random movement of molecules/
molecules get mixed up with molecules in the air/
molecules of bromine collide with molecules in the air
(d) (i) Br2 + F2 → 2BrF [1]
(ii) correct molar masses for Br and BrF5 (80 and 175); [1]
100 × 80/175 = 45.7/46% [1]
[Total: 11]
B6 (a) (i) N2 + 3H2 2NH3 [1]
(ii) iron catalyst; [1]

temperature 450°C (allow between 420 and 450); [1]
pressure of 200 atmospheres (allow between 150 and 500 atmospheres [1]
(b) to increase crop yield/make plants grow better/replace N (or K or P) lost from soil; [1]
(c) calcium hydroxide reacts with ammonium salts to form ammonia; [1]
ammonia is a gas/gas escapes from the soil; [1]
(d) (i) fertilisers dissolve in the (ground)water; [1]

idea of leaching/movement of dissolved salts through soil to lakes; [1]
(ii) eutrophication; [1]
[Total: 10]

B7 (a) strong acid is completely ionised in water/solution and weak acid is only partially ionised/
strong acid is completely dissociated weak acid is partly dissociated/no (or few) molecules in
strong acid but weak acid is largely molecules; [1]
(b) strong acid has better conductivity BECAUSE strong acid has greater concentration of
hydrogen ions/weak acid has lower conductivity
BECAUSE has lower concentration of hydrogen ions [1]
(c) (i) hydrogen ions are positive so move to negative electrode/hydrogen ions gain
electrons at cathode; [1]
(ii) 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e– [2]

1 mark for correct reactants and products (including electron)
1 mark for balance
(d) (i) gas syringe attached to flask/flask with cotton wool in mouth on top pan balance; [1]
measure volume of gas/mass of flask and contents over time; [1]
rate = change in volume of gas/time or change in mass/ time; [1]
(ii) 3g Mg = 3/24 = 0.125 mol; [1]

volume = 1000 × 0.125/2.5 = 50 cm3/0.05 dm3 (unit needed) [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) (i) ALLOW: 175–191 (actual = 187°C) [1]
(ii) correct structure of butanoic acid showing all atoms and bonds; [1]
(iii) 2CH3CO2H + 2Na → 2CH3CO2Na + H2 [1]
(b) (i) ethyl ethanoate [1]
(ii) correct structure of ethenyl ethanoate i.e. CH2=CHO2CCH3 [1]
(c) (i) divide by atomic masses: C = 55.8/12 H = 7/1 O = 37.2/16

C = 4.65 H=7 O = 2.325 [1]
divide by smallest number: C = 4.65/2.325 = 2
H = 7/2.325 = 3
O=1
Correct formula C2H3O [1]
(ii) C4H6O2 [1]

ALLOW: ecf from part (i) if 1 or 2 carbon atoms but H and/or O incorrect.
(iii) aqueous bromine/(acidified) potassium(VII) manganate; [1]

goes colourless [1]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) (i) Ba(s) + 2H2O(l) → Ba(OH)2(aq) + H2(g) [3]

1 mark for formulae
1 mark for balance
1 mark for state symbols
(ii) H+ + OH– → H2O [1]
(b) valence electrons in metallic structure are free to move [1]
(c) aluminium removes oxygen from barium oxide/oxidation number of decreases/oxidation

number of aluminium increases [1]
(d) add named soluble sulfate/sulfuric acid; [1]

filter off ppt [1]
wash ppt with water; [1]
dry ppt in oven/leave ppt to dry/dry ppt in dessicator [1]
[Total: 10]

* 3 0 8 6 6 5 6 9 4 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NF/CGW) 34307/3
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following list of compounds to answer the questions below.
calcium hydroxide
carbon monoxide
methane
nitrogen dioxide
potassium manganate(VII)
silver nitrate
sulfur dioxide
Each compound can be used once, more than once, or not at all.
Which compound
(a) is used as a bleach in the manufacture of paper,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) changes from purple to colourless when its acidified solution is used to oxidise ethanol,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) has an aqueous solution that reacts with aqueous sodium chloride to give a white
precipitate,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) can be formed by the action of lightning on gases in the atmosphere,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is formed by the decay of vegetable matter?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

3
A2 Sodium can react with compounds called crown ethers. For

Examiner’s
(a) A typical crown ether is shown below. Use
H H H H
C C
H H
C O C
H H
H O O H
H C C H
H C C H
H O O H
H H
C O C
H H
C C
H H H H
Write the empirical formula for this crown ether.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) When sodium reacts with crown ethers it forms Na+ and Na– ions.
Draw the structure of an Na– ion.
Show all the electrons.
[1]

4
(c) When sodium reacts with water, hydrogen is given off and an alkaline solution is For
formed. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Describe two observations that can be made when sodium reacts with water.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the reaction of sodium with water.
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Sodium is an alkali metal. Iron is a transition element.

State the differences between these two metals in terms of
(i) melting point .............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) density ......................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

5
A3 Hydrogen peroxide is a colourless liquid. For

Examiner’s
An aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide reacts with the iodide ions in acidified potassium Use
iodide to form water and iodine.
H2O2(aq) + 2H+(aq) + 2I–(aq) 2H2O(l) + I2(aq)
(a) (i) Explain why iodide ions are acting as the reducing agent in this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What colour change would you observe in this reaction?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The table shows how the speed of this reaction changes when different concentrations
of potassium iodide and sulfuric acid are used. The hydrogen peroxide is always in
excess and the temperature remains constant.
experiment concentration of concentration of speed of reaction

potassium iodide sulfuric acid in mol / dm3 / s
in mol / dm3 in mol / dm3
1 0.1 0.1 0.00017
2 0.2 0.1 0.00034
3 0.1 0.2 0.00017
4 0.3 0.1 0.00051
5 0.1 0.3 0.00017
Use the information in the table to describe how increasing the concentration of the
following reagents affects the speed of reaction.
potassium iodide ..............................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
sulfuric acid ......................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Explain, in terms of collisions between reacting particles, why decreasing the temperature
decreases the speed of reaction between hydrogen peroxide and acidified potassium
iodide.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
6
(d) Iodine-127 has the symbol 127I.

53 For
Examiner’s
State the number of subatomic particles in an iodide ion 127I –. Use
53
protons .................................
electrons ..............................
neutrons ............................... [2]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

7
A4 A plant contains the coloured compounds chlorophyll and carotene. For

Examiner’s
(a) The mixture of coloured compounds is extracted with propanone to give a brown Use
solution.
(i) Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, how you can show that there is more
than one coloured compound in the brown solution.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) You are given a pure sample of chlorophyll.

How can you show that the brown solution contains chlorophyll?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) In green plants chlorophyll acts as a catalyst in photosynthesis.
(i) Complete the word equation which describes photosynthesis.
.................................. + water ............................. + oxygen [1]
(ii) During one stage in photosynthesis, electrons are removed from water to produce
hydrogen ions and oxygen gas.
............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
(c) Chlorophyll and carotene can be made in the laboratory from isoprene. For
Examiner’s
Use
CH3
CH2 C CH CH2
isoprene
(i) Isoprene is an unsaturated compound.
What do you understand by the term unsaturated?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What would you observe when excess isoprene is added to aqueous bromine?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) In many plants, the alkene ethene promotes the ripening of fruits.
(i) Write the general formula for an alkene.
[1]
(ii) Draw the structure of an alkene containing four carbon atoms.

Show all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(iii) Describe how ethanol can be formed from ethene, stating the necessary reaction
conditions.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 14]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

9
A5 Three types of bonding are covalent, ionic and metallic. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) Draw a labelled diagram to illustrate metallic bonding. Use
[2]
(ii) Use ideas about the structure of metals to explain why metals are
malleable, .................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
good conductors of electricity. ..................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Silicon dioxide has a similar structure to diamond.
covalent
bonds
silicon atom
oxygen atom
Suggest why silicon dioxide
does not conduct electricity, .............................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
is hard. .............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

10
(c) Part of the structure of palladium chloride is shown below. For

Examiner’s
Use
palladium, Pd
chlorine, Cl
Deduce the empirical formula for palladium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Sodium chloride has an ionic structure.

Explain why sodium chloride conducts electricity when molten but does not conduct
electricity when in the solid state.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

11
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 A student prepares some crystals of hydrated sodium sulfate by titrating aqueous sodium
hydroxide with sulfuric acid.
(a) Describe how he can obtain pure dry crystals of sodium sulfate using this method.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) The student uses 25.0 cm3 of 1.60 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide to prepare the crystals.
2NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) + 8H2O(l) Na2SO4.10H2O(s)
Calculate the maximum mass of hydrated sodium sulfate crystals that can be formed.
[4]
(c) When hydrated sodium sulfate crystals are heated gently, water is given off.
Describe a chemical test for water.
test ...................................................................................................................................
observation ................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 The structure of glycollic acid is shown below. For

Examiner’s
Use
H
O
H O C C
O H
H
(a) Name the two functional groups present in glycollic acid.
.............................................................. and .............................................................. [1]
(b) Glycollic acid undergoes similar reactions to ethanoic acid. Complete the equation for
the reaction of glycollic acid with sodium carbonate.
.....HOCH2CO2H + Na2CO3 ................................. + .............. + .............. [2]
(c) Glycollic acid can be prepared from oxalic acid.
CO2H CH2OH
+ 2H2 + H2O
CO2H CO2H
oxalic acid glycollic acid
How does this equation shows that oxalic acid has been reduced?
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Glycollic acid polymerises to form poly(glycollic acid). The diagram shows a section of
this polymer.
O O O
O CH2 C O CH2 C O CH2 C
(i) Is poly(glycollic acid) an addition polymer or a condensation polymer? Give a

reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name another polymer with the same linkage as poly(glycollic acid).
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

13
(e) Poly(glycollic acid) is biodegradable whereas poly(ethene) is non-biodegradable. For

Examiner’s
(i) Suggest two environmental advantages of using biodegradable polymers. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one use of poly(ethene).
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) The diagram shows the repeat unit of poly(propene).
CH3 H
C C
H H n
Draw the structure of the monomer used to make poly(propene).
[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Aluminium is extracted from bauxite ore. For

Examiner’s
(a) One stage in purifying bauxite to obtain pure aluminium oxide involves mixing the Use
crushed ore with concentrated aqueous sodium hydroxide. The products of the reaction
are aqueous sodium aluminate, NaAlO2, and water.
(i) What type of oxide is aluminium oxide? Give a reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of aluminium oxide with aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) The impurities in the ore are insoluble in water.

Suggest how the impurities are separated from the aqueous sodium aluminate.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Pure aluminium oxide is electrolysed in the presence of cryolite to produce aluminium.
(i) Aluminium forms at the cathode and oxygen at the anode.

Write ionic equations for the reaction at
the cathode ......................................................................................................... [1]
the anode. ............................................................................................................ [2]
(ii) Explain why cryolite is added to the aluminium oxide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) (i) Aluminium is higher in the metal reactivity series than iron.
Apart from differences in malleability, explain why fizzy drinks cans are made from
aluminium rather than iron.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Aluminium is often used in the form of alloys.
What do you understand by the term alloy?
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

15
B9 Hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen chloride and hydrogen iodide are all acidic gases. For
Examiner’s
(a) A student makes hydrogen chloride by reacting sodium chloride with excess concentrated Use
sulfuric acid at room temperature and pressure.
NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl
(i) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen chloride that can be made from
0.2 moles of sodium chloride at room temperature and pressure.
[1]
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for hydrogen chloride.

[1]
(b) Hydrogen fluoride is made by heating calcium fluoride, CaF2, with concentrated sulfuric
acid.
Give an equation for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Hydrogen chloride dissolves in water to form hydrochloric acid. Hydrogen fluoride
dissolves in water to form hydrofluoric acid.
A 0.1 mol / dm3 solution of hydrochloric acid is completely ionised.
A 0.1 mol / dm3 solution of hydrofluoric acid is only 10% ionised.
Use this information to compare and explain
the strength of each acid, ................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
the pH of each of these solutions. ....................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

16
(d) When hydrogen and iodine are heated in a sealed container an equilibrium is reached For
with the product, hydrogen iodide. Examiner’s
Use
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = – 9.6 kJ / mol
(i) Predict the effect of the following on this equilibrium:
increasing the temperature,
............................................................................................................................. [1]
decreasing the concentration of hydrogen iodide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) At 400 °C the equilibrium mixture contains 0.4000 moles of hydrogen, 0.07560 moles
of iodine and 1.344 moles of hydrogen iodide.
Calculate the percentage of iodine molecules, I2, by mass in this equilibrium
mixture.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Section A
A1 (a) sulfur dioxide (1) [1]
(b) potassium manganate(VII) (1) [1]
(c) silver nitrate (1) [1]
(d) nitrogen dioxide (1) [1]
(e) Methane (1) [1]
[Total: 5]
A2 (a) C2H4O (1) [1]
(b) structure shown or written as 2,8,2 (1) [1]
(c) (i) any two of:

floats/moves over surface (1)
bubbles/effervescence (1)
goes into a ball/melts (1)
gets smaller/eventually forms a colourless solution (1)
yellow/orange flame (1)
IGNORE dissolves [2]
(ii) 2Na(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g)

correct formulae for reactants and products (1)
balancing (dependent on correct formulae) (1)
correct state symbols (dependent on correct products and reactants) (1)
(d) (i) iron has higher melting point/sodium has lower melting point/iron has high melting
point and sodium low (1) [1]
(ii) iron has higher density/sodium has lower density/iron has high density and sodium
low (1) [1]
[Total: 9]

A3 (a) (i) losing electrons (to from iodine)/oxidation number goes from –1 to 0/increasing
their oxidation number/removing oxygen from hydrogen peroxide (1)
ALLOW incorrect decreases or increases in oxidation number providing the change
is the correct direction
ALLOW H2O2 is reduced/H2O2 gains electrons
IGNORE statements repeating what is in the equation e.g. iodide ions goes to
iodine [1]
(ii) colourless to brown (1)

ALLOW yellow/orange-brown/straw coloured [1]
(b) potassium iodide: increase in concentration increases rate (1)

sulfuric acid: no effect (1) [2]
(c) any two of:

particles moving slower at lower temperature or have less energy/ORA (1)
collisions less effective at lower temperature/collisions less successful at lower
temperature/ORA (1)
collisions less frequent at lower temperature/ORA (1)
fewer particles have energy greater than activation energy (1) [2]
(d) protons = 53
electrons = 54
neutrons = 74
all 3 correct (2)

1 or 2 correct (1) [2]
[Total: 8]

A4 (a) (i) chromatography paper dipping in labelled solvent (1)

ALLOW named solvents e.g. propanone/alcohol/water
origin line marked above the solvent level (1)
pigment spot on origin line at start and then separates into more than one
(coloured) spots (1)
All marks can be obtained by writing or from a diagram [3]
(ii) run chromatogram with known sample and the brown solution/mixture (1)
if chlorophyll present it will go up the paper same distance as the known sample/
has same Rf value (1) [2]
(b) (i) carbon dioxide (+ water →) glucose (+ oxygen) (1) [1]
(ii) 2H2O – 2e– → 2H+ + O2/2H2O → 2H+ + O2 + 2e–

correct formulae (including electron) (1)
balancing (1) [2]
(c) (i) contains (C=C) double bonds/can add more hydrogen (1) [1]
(ii) bromine decolourises/goes colourless (1)

IGNORE: goes clear/colour fades/discolourises [1]
(d) (i) CnH2n (1) [1]
(ii) full structure of but-1-ene or but-2-ene drawn (1)

Must show all the atoms and all the bonds
ALLOW structure of 2 -methylpropene [1]
(iii) add steam/water above 100°C (1)

ALLOW hydrated above 100°C
NOT reference to hydrolysis
catalyst/phosphoric acid (1)

ALLOW H3PO4/H2SO4/H+ [2]
[Total: 14]

A5 (a) (i) Positive ions in regular layers (1) positive ions can be shown as circles with + or
labelled as ions NOT atoms
electrons shown interspersed between the ions (1) electrons can be shown in
diagram as e–/e or – or dots labelled electron [2]
positive ion
electron
(ii) malleable: idea of layers sliding when force applied (1)

conducts: electrons can move/the sea of electrons/the delocalised electrons/free
electrons (1) [2]
(b) no free electrons/no mobile electrons/all electrons involved in bonding/no delocalised

electrons/no sea of electrons (1)
strong bonding throughout the whole structure/covalent bonding throughout the whole
structure/idea of many strong bonds (1)
NOT ionic bonds [2]
(c) PdCl2 (1) [1]
(d) in solid ions not free to move (1)

when molten ions free to move (1)
ALLOW ions only free to move when molten (2) [2]
[Total: 9]

Section B
B6 (a) do titration with (indicator) to find end point/do titration (with indicator) to find volume of
acid or alkali needed to neutralise (1)
titrate again without indicator using same volume as before (1)
evaporate solution to crystallisation point/leave to form crystals (1)
filter off crystals/pick out crystals and dry with filter paper (1) [4]
25
(b) moles NaOH = 1.6 × /0.04 mol (1)
1000
0.04
moles hydrates sodium sulfate = /0.02 (1)
2
molar mass of sodium sulfate calculated = 322 (1)
mass sodium sulfate = 0.02 × 322 = 6.44g (1) [4]
(c) Anhydrous copper sulfate/white copper sulfate (1)

turns (from white) to blue (1)
OR
Anhydrous cobalt chloride/blue cobalt chloride (1)
turns (from blue) to pink (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

B7 (a) alcohol and carboxylic acid (1) [1]
(b) products: HOCH2COONa + CO2 + H2O (1)

balancing 2HOCH2COOH and 2HOCH2COONa (1) [2]
(c) oxygen has been removed from oxalic acid/hydrogen has been added to oxalic acid (1)
ALLOW oxidation number of carbon decreases [1]
(d) (i) condensation polymer because water has been removed (when it is
made)/monomer does not have a carbon-carbon double bond/has ester linkage
(formed by condensation)/can be hydrolysed (1) [1]
(ii) Polyester/named polyester (1) [1]
(e) (i) any two of:

less litter (1)
small mammals or birds not trapped or harmed (1)
less landfill (1) ALLOW less or no land pollution
fewer poisonous fumes since not burnt (1) [2]
(ii) any suitable e.g. plastic bags (1) [1]
(iii)
CH3 H
C C
H H
(1)
ALLOW CH3CH=CH2 [1]
[Total: 10]

B8 (a) (i) amphoteric oxide because it react both with acids and bases/amphoteric because it
reacts as both an acid and a base (1) [1]
(ii) Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + H2O (1)

ALLOW other equations making NaAl(OH)4 or NaAl(OH)6 [1]
(iii) Filtration (1) [1]
(b) (i) cathode: Al 3+ + 3e– → Al (1)

anode: 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
correct symbols and formulae including electron (1)
balancing (1) [3]
(ii) to dissolve the aluminium oxide/to lower the melting point of the mixture (1) [1]
(c) (i) Any two from:

aluminium (apparently) unreactive/does not corrode (1)
IGNORE aluminium does not rust
because of oxide layer (1)
acid in drink could react with iron/acid in drink doesn’t react with aluminium (1) [2]
(ii) mixture of metals or a metal with a non-metal (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) (i) 0.2 × 24 = 4.8 dm3/4800 cm3 (unit needed) (1) [1]
(ii) correct ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for HCl (1) [1]
(b) CaF2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 2HF

correct formulae (1)
balancing (1) [2]
(c) HCl is strong and HF is weak(ish)/HCl is stronger than HF (1) ALLOW ORA
pH HCl = 1 (allow 0-2) and HF = 3–6/HCl has a lower pH than HF (1)
or
reference to greater concentration of hydrogen ions in HCl than in HF (1) [2]
(d) (i) increasing temperature: reaction goes to left/more reactants (1)

decreasing conc of HI: reaction to the right/more HI formed (1) [2]
(ii) masses: H2 = 0.8 (2 × 0.4), I2 = 19.2 (254 × 0.0756) and HI = 172.0 (128 × 1.344)
(1)
% I2 = 19.2/(0.8 + 19.2 + 172) = 10 % (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

* 1 8 7 6 0 8 5 6 2 3 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.
DC (NF/CGW) 42254/3
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following particles to answer the questions below.

8Be
4
14C
6
40Ca
20
37Cl –
17
39K+
19
24Mg2+
12
20Ne
10
17O
8
16O2–
8
32S2–
16
28Si4–
14
Each particle can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which particle
(a) has only eight electrons,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is attracted to the cathode during electrolysis,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) has only four electrons in its outer shell,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) has only eight neutrons,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) has only ten protons,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) has four occupied electron shells?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12
3
A2 Small pieces of a silver coloured metal, X, were added to concentrated nitric acid. A brown For
gas, Z, and a colourless solution containing salt Y were formed. Examiner’s
Use
Analysis of a 0.0914 mol sample of Z showed it contained 1.28 g of nitrogen and 2.93 g of
oxygen.
The small sample of the colourless solution was diluted with water and then divided into two
portions.
• To one portion, aqueous sodium hydroxide was added drop by drop until it was in
excess. A white precipitate, W, was formed that redissolved in the excess sodium
hydroxide.
• To the other portion, aqueous ammonia was added drop by drop until it was in
excess. A white precipitate, W, was formed that redissolved in the excess ammonia.
(a) (i) Name the white precipitate, W.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, for the formation of W.
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Name X and Y.
X is ...................................................................................................................................
Y is .............................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) (i) Calculate the relative formula mass, Mr , for gas Z.
Mr = ................................................. [2]
(ii) Determine the molecular formula for Z.
molecular formula is ................................................. [2]
[Total: 9]

4
A3 The typical composition of solid domestic waste in a city is shown below. For
Examiner’s
Use
type of solid waste percentage by mass
glass 9
metals 8
organic waste including food 22
paper 38
plastics 9
textiles 2
other 12
(a) The most abundant metals in the solid waste are aluminium, copper and iron.
Describe two advantages of recycling these metals.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) One of the polymer molecules in the plastic waste is made from the monomer shown
below.
H CH2CH3
C C
H H
Draw the partial structure of the polymer formed from this monomer showing two
repeats.
[2]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

5
(c) Many of the polymers found in the plastic waste are non-biodegradable. For
Examiner’s
Describe two pollution problems caused by the disposal of non-biodegradable polymers. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Terylene and nylon are two of the textiles present in the solid waste.
The partial structure of Terylene is shown below.
O O O O
C C O O C C O O
(i) Terylene is a polyester.
What type of polymerisation is used to make Terylene?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Complete the diagram below to show the partial structure for nylon.
[1]
(iii) Give the name of one type of food that has molecules containing the same linkages
as Terylene.
............................................................................................................................. [1]

6
(e) Glass is made from sand. For

Examiner’s
Pure sand has a giant molecular structure. Use
oxygen atom
silicon atom
(i) What is the formula for pure sand?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why sand has a very high melting point.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Explain why sand does not conduct electricity.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 13]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

7
A4 Many electricity generating power stations burn fossil fuels. The combustion of these fuels For
produces waste gases called flue gas. Examiner’s
Use
The flue gas contains nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide and carbon dioxide.
Nitrogen oxides and sulfur dioxide contribute towards acid rain and must be removed from
the flue gas before it is allowed to reach the atmosphere.
(a) One of the nitrogen oxides is nitrogen monoxide, NO.
(i) Nitrogen monoxide is formed by the direct reaction between oxygen and nitrogen.
Construct the equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) When cold nitrogen monoxide comes into contact with oxygen it forms nitrogen
dioxide, NO2.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Some power stations spray the flue gas with seawater. This removes about 99% of the
nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide.
The gases react with water to form aqueous acids. Nitrogen dioxide forms nitric acid
and another acid with the formula, HNO2.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) In other power stations the flue gases are reacted with moist calcium carbonate. This
removes about 90% of the nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide from the flue gas.
(i) Sulfur dioxide reacts with calcium carbonate to form solid calcium sulfite, CaSO3.
Suggest the name of the other product of this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Nitrogen dioxide reacts with calcium carbonate to form two salts.
Suggest the name and formula of one of these salts.
name ........................................................................................................................
formula ................................................................................................................ [2]

8
(d) Suggest two advantages of treating flue gas with seawater rather than calcium For
carbonate. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas. This is because its covalent bonds can absorb
infra-red radiation.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in a molecule of carbon dioxide.

Show only the outer shell electrons.
[1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

9
A5 Aqueous potassium hydroxide, KOH, is added slowly from a burette into a flask containing For
25.0 cm3 of 0.0500 mol / dm3 dilute sulfuric acid, H2SO4. At the same time the pH of the Examiner’s
contents of the flask is measured until all of the aqueous potassium hydroxide has been Use
added.
The graph shows how the pH changes with the addition of the aqueous potassium hydroxide.
14
12
10
pH
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
volume of alkali added in cm3
(a) What is the pH of 0.0500 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Construct the equation for the reaction between sulfuric acid and potassium hydroxide.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

10
(c) (i) What volume of aqueous potassium hydroxide has been added when the mixture For
has a pH of 7? Examiner’s
Use
volume = ......................................... cm3 [1]
(ii) Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the aqueous potassium hydroxide.
concentration = ................................. mol / dm3 [3]
(d) The experiment is repeated with 25.0 cm3 of 0.0500 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid, CH3COOH,
instead of 25.0 cm3 of 0.0500 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
Describe and explain any differences in the graph which would be obtained.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

11
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Hydrogen-oxygen fuel cells are used to generate electricity.

The overall reaction in a hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell is shown below.
2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O(g)
(a) Explain the meaning of the term exothermic.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Explain, in terms of the energy changes associated with bond breaking and bond
forming, why the reaction is exothermic.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) A hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell uses 2000 dm3 of hydrogen measured at room temperature
and pressure.
Calculate the volume of oxygen, measured at room temperature and pressure, used by
the fuel cell.
[One mole of any gas at room temperature and pressure occupies a volume of 24 dm3.]
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
volume of oxygen = ......................................... dm3 [2]

12
(d) The electrode reactions in an oxygen-hydrogen fuel shell are shown below. For
Examiner’s
Equation 1 O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e– 4OH–(aq) Use
Equation 2 H2(g) + 2OH–(aq) 2e– + 2H2O(l)
Explain why the reaction in a fuel cell involves both oxidation and reduction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Name one source of the hydrogen needed for a fuel-cell.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) State one advantage and one disadvantage of using an oxygen-hydrogen fuel cell.
advantage ........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
disadvantage ...................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

13
B7 Many carbonates thermally decompose to form carbon dioxide and an oxide. For
Examiner’s
Copper carbonate forms carbon dioxide and copper oxide. Use
CuCO3 CuO + CO2
Six 2.00 g samples of carbonates are heated strongly until there is no further change in
mass. The table shows the mass of solid remaining at the end of the heating.
mass before mass after

carbonate
heating / g heating / g
calcium carbonate 2.00 1.12
copper(II) carbonate 2.00 1.29
iron(II) carbonate 2.00 1.24
magnesium carbonate 2.00 0.95
sodium carbonate 2.00 2.00
zinc carbonate 2.00 1.30
(a) What is the mass of carbon dioxide formed when 2.00 g of copper(II) carbonate is
heated?
mass of carbon dioxide = ............................................. g [1]
(b) The thermal stability of the carbonates is related to the reactivity of the metal.
Which carbonate is the least thermally stable?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) For each carbonate, a 2.00 g sample was heated.

Explain why the mass of carbon dioxide formed is different for each carbonate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

14
(d) The decomposition of calcium carbonate forms carbon dioxide and calcium oxide. For
Examiner’s
(i) Draw the electronic configuration and state the charge on each of the ions in Use
calcium oxide.
[2]
(ii) Explain why calcium oxide is used in a blast furnace.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Copper(II) chloride can be prepared by the reaction between copper(II) carbonate and
hydrochloric acid.
(i) Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe the essential practical details for the preparation of a crystalline sample of
copper(II) chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

15
B8 Alkenes are a homologous series of organic compounds. For

The table shows some information about the first six alkenes. Examiner’s
Use
name molecular formula melting point / °C boiling point / °C
ethene C2H4 –169 –104
propene C3H6 –185 –48
butene C4H8 –185 –6
pentene C5H10 –165 30
hexene C6H12 –139 63
heptene C7H14
(a) Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and bonds, of propene.
Use the structure to explain why propene is both a hydrocarbon and unsaturated.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) There are several compounds with molecular formula C4H8, each has a different
structure.
What name is given to compounds with the same molecular formula but different
structures?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Deduce the molecular formula for decene, an alkene with 10 carbon atoms per molecule.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Explain why it is easier to predict the boiling point of heptene rather than its melting
point.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
16
(e) What is the physical state for butene at room temperature and pressure? Explain your For
answer. Examiner’s
Use
physical state ...................................................................................................................
explanation ......................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) Many alkenes are manufactured by the cracking of long chain alkanes such as
hexadecane, C16H34.
Construct an equation to show the cracking of hexadecane to form butane and butene
only.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(g) Butene reacts with bromine and with steam.
(i) Give the molecular formula of the product with bromine.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest the name of the product with steam.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

17
B9 Methanol, CH3OH, is manufactured from carbon dioxide and hydrogen. For

Examiner’s
CO2(g) + 3H2(g) CH3OH(g) + H2O(g) ΔH = –49 kJ / mol Use
The reaction is carried out in the presence of a catalyst containing copper. The conditions
used are 70 atmospheres pressure and a temperature of 250 °C.
(a) If the temperature of the reaction mixture is increased to 400 °C, explain, in terms of
collisions between reacting particles, what happens to the speed of the forward reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) If the pressure of the reaction mixture is decreased to 50 atmospheres, explain what
happens to the position of equilibrium.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) In the reaction when 3.0 moles of hydrogen react, 49 kJ of heat energy is released.
Calculate how much heat energy is released when 500 kg of hydrogen react.
heat energy = ........................................... kJ [2]
(d) Methanol can be used as a fuel.
Construct the equation for the complete combustion of methanol.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

18
(e) Methanol can be oxidised to form methanoic acid. For

Examiner’s
(i) State the reagents and conditions needed for this reaction. Use
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Draw the structure of methanoic acid.
[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/M/J/12

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2012
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/M/J/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
syllabuses.
17
A1 (a) 8O [1]
(b) 39
19 K+ / 24
12 Mg2+ [1]
14
(c) 6C [1]
14 16 2–
(d) 6C / 8O [1]
20
(e) 10 Ne [1]
40
(f) 20 Ca [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) (i) Zinc hydroxide / Zn(OH)2 [1]
(ii) Zn2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) Zn(OH)2(s) (1)

Correct balanced equation (1)
Correct state symbols – dependent on correct formulae (1) [2]
(b) X – zinc / Zn (1)

Y – zinc nitrate / Zn(NO3)2 (1) [2]
(c) (i) mass of sample = 4.21 g (1)

Mr = 46 (1) [2]
(ii) Mole ratio nitrogen oxygen = 0.0914 : 0.183 (1)

NO2 (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
A3 (a) Any two from

• Saves (finite) resources / need to extract metals decrease
• Saves energy / less energy to recycle (than to extract from ore);
• Reduces disposal problems / less landfill
• Reduces mining / less scarring of landscape (due to mining)
• less litter
• fewer toxic gases / fewer harmful gases [2]
Allow: deforestation / less (heavy) metal pollution / less dumped

(b)
H C2H5 H C2H5
C C C C
H H H H
Correct structure (2 marks) [2]

Allow: single repeating unit with continuation bonds with brackets and n
Allow: multiple units e.g. 4 or 6
(c) Any two from

• Causes litter / unsightly ;
• Fills up land-fill sites / need land-fill sites
• Incineration produces toxic gases / burning makes carbon monoxide / burning makes
(more) carbon dioxide / incineration (of polymer) increases global warming;
• Wastes a finite resource / waste fossil fuels;
• Blocks drains / blocks water flow / harms fishes / sea animals e.g. turtles choke on it [2]
Allow: incineration produces harmful gases
(d) (i) Condensation [1]
(ii) Correct amide linkage [1]

O H
║ |
Allow: ─ C – N – between each box
(iii) Fats / lipids: [1]

Allow: oils
(e) (i) SiO2 [1]
(ii) Many (covalent) bonds / (covalent) giant structure / macromolecule / all atoms joined
together (1)
Takes a lot of energy to break bonds / hard to break bonds / high temperature needed to
break bonds / bonds are strong (1) [2]
(iii) No free electrons / no delocalised electrons / no sea of electrons / all electrons in

covalent bonds / electrons cannot move [1]
[Total: 13]
4 (a) (i) N2 + O2 2NO [1]
(ii) 2NO + O2 2NO2 (1) [1]
(b) 2NO2 + H2O HNO3 + HNO2 [1]

(c) (i) Carbon dioxide / CO2 (1) [1]
(ii) Calcium nitrate (1) Ca(NO3)2 (1) [2]

Allow: Calcium nitrite / Calcium nitrate(III) (1) Ca(NO2)2 (1)
(d) Any two from

• Seawater is cheap(er):
• Seawater removes more of the pollutant gases / seawater more effective at removing
pollutant gases
• Seawater does not involve landscape destruction / no mining involved
• doesn’t produce carbon dioxide / doesn’t increase global warming
• seawater is readily available / seawater is abundant [2]
(e)
X X
O C O
X X
[1]
[Total: 9]
A5 (a) 1.2 [1]
(b) 2KOH + H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2H2O [1]

Allow: KOH + H2SO4 KHSO4 + H2O
(c) (i) 30.0 cm3 / 30 cm3 [1]
(ii) Moles of acid = 0.00125 (1)

Moles of KOH = 0.00250 (1)
[KOH] = 0.0833 / 0.083 / 0.08 (1)
Allow ecf from wrong moles of KOH and/or wrong volume of KOH from part (c)(i) [3]
(d) Any one difference (1)

Correct explanation of that difference (1) e.g.
Graph will start above pH 1.2 / higher starting pH (1)
because ethanoic acid is a weak acid (1)
OR
Neutralisation volume will be 15.0 cm3 (1) because ethanoic acid reacts in a 1:1 mole ratio (1)
OR
Vertical section of graph will be a smaller (1) because ethanoic acid is a weak acid (1) [2]
[Total: 8]

B6 (a) (Reaction that) releases heat / (reaction that) releases energy [1]
Allow: energy given out is greater than energy absorbed / reaction mixture gets hot
(b) Bond breaking takes in energy and bond forming releases energy (1)
More energy is released than taken in (1) [2]

Allow: bond breaking is endothermic and bond making is exothermic / enthalpy change is
negative
(c) Implication that volumes of gases are proportional to the number of moles
OR
(Moles of hydrogen = 83.3) moles of oxygen = 41.7 / 41.65 (1)
Volume of oxygen = 1000 dm3 (1) [2]
(d) First equation involves reduction since electrons are gained / oxygen is reduced because it
gains electrons / oxygen is reduced because its oxidation number decreases (1)
Second equation involves oxidation since electrons are lost / hydrogen is oxidised because it
loses electrons / hydrogen is oxidised because its oxidation number increases (1) [2]
(e) Water / hydrocarbons (1)

Allow: ethane / propane / alkanes / methane + steam / naphtha [1]
Allow: cracking
(f) Advantage – directly converts chemical energy into electrical energy / more energy efficient /
makes no pollutants / doesn’t release harmful gases / uses a renewable resource (1)
Disadvantage – storage problems associated with hydrogen or oxygen / hydrogen explosive /

pressurised tanks needed / pollution problems on disposal of fuel cell / pollution problems
while manufacturing fuel cells (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) 0.71 g
Allow: 0.709 / 0.704 g [1]
(b) Copper (carbonate) [1]
(c) Used different amounts in moles [1]

Allow: different atomic masses of the metal / different molecular masses of compound / % of
carbon in each compound is different
(d) (i) calcium ions with Ca2+ and 2.8.8 as drawn or as numbers (1)
oxide ion with O2– and 2.8 as drawn or as numbers (1) [2]

(ii) Reacts with sand to make slag / reacts with silicon dioxide to make calcium silicate /
removes silicon dioxide as slag (1) [1]
(e) (i) CO 32− + H+ HCO3–

OR
CO 32− + 2H+ CO2 + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) Add excess copper(II) carbonate to hydrochloric acid (1)

Filter (1)
Evaporate the filtrate partially / evaporate to crystallisation point (1)
Allow: leave to crystallise [3]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) Correct structure showing all atoms and bonds (1)

Contains a (carbon-carbon) double bond (1)
Has carbon and hydrogen only (1) [3]
(b) Isomer (1) [1]
(c) C10H20 (1) [1]
(d) Melting point decreases and increases / melting point is irregular down the series
AND
boiling point increases all the time / boiling point increases regularly / shows a trend [1]
(e) Gas because boiling point is lower than room temperature / boiling point is – 6 oC [1]
(f) C16H34 3C4H8 + C4H10 (1) [1]
(g) (i) C4H8Br2 (1) [1]
(ii) Butan-1-ol / butan-2-ol / butanol [1]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) Reaction is faster because particles are moving faster / particles have more energy (1)
more energetic collisions / more effective collisions / more particles have energy above that
of the activation energy / more successful collisions (1) [2]

(b) Position of equilibrium shifts to the left / shift backwards / shifts towards the reactants / back
reaction favoured (1)
More moles (of gas) on the left hand side / 4 moles on the left and 2 on the right / greater
volume (of gas) on left / more molecules on left (1) [2]
(c) Moles of hydrogen = 250 000 (1)

Energy released = 4 083 333 kJ (1) [2]
(d) 2CH3OH + 3O2 2CO2 + 4H2O [1]
(e) (i) potassium dichromate / potassium manganate(VII) / potassium permanganate /

potassium manganate (1)
heat / warm / boil / reflux (1) [2]
(ii) HCO2H (1)

Allow: HCOOH / displayed formula [1]
[Total: 10]

* 8 6 6 6 2 7 9 7 8 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NF/CGW) 42250/4
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following gases to answer the questions below.
ammonia carbon monoxide

chlorine ethane
fluorine methane
neon nitrogen
nitrogen monoxide oxygen
propane propene
sulfur dioxide sulfur trioxide
Each gas can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which gas
(a) turns moist red litmus paper blue,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) decolourises bromine water,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) is used in the manufacture of steel,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) is a monatomic element,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is used as a food preservative,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) is used to disinfect water,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(g) is a molecule with 14 protons?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

3
A2 Iron(II) sulfate crystals decompose when heated to give three gases U, V and W and an For
orange-brown solid T. Examiner’s
Use
• Gas U was tested with filter paper soaked with acidified potassium dichromate(VI).
The filter paper changed colour from orange to green.
• Analysis of gas V showed it contained 40.0% sulfur and 60.0% oxygen by mass.
• When gas W was condensed it formed a colourless liquid that turned anhydrous
copper(II) sulfate from white to blue.
• Solid T was dissolved in dilute nitric acid. Aqueous ammonia was added drop by
drop and a red-brown precipitate was obtained.
(a) (i) What is the formula for gas U?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Calculate the empirical formula of gas V.
empirical formula of V is ................................................. [2]
(iii) Name gas W.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Give the name or the formula of the metal ion present in solid T.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Iron(II) sulfate dissolves in water to give a green solution X. Aqueous sodium hydroxide
was added drop by drop to solution X. A green precipitate, Y, was formed.
(i) Name precipitate Y.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, to show the formation of the
precipitate, Y.
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 8]

4
A3 Iodine forms a diatomic molecule, I2. For

It has a simple molecular structure. Examiner’s
The diagram shows the structure of the simple molecular lattice of iodine. Use
Each iodine molecule is held in place by weak intermolecular forces.

Within each iodine molecule the atoms are covalently bonded.
(a) Explain why solid iodine does not conduct electricity.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) When heated, solid iodine turns directly into iodine gas.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain this change of state.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in an iodine molecule.

Show only the outer shell electrons.
[1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

5
(d) Chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine are all in Group VII. For
Examiner’s
(i) What is the formula for an astatide ion? Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Complete the table about the appearance at room temperature of the elements in
Group VII.
element atomic number colour state
Cl 2 17 green
Br2 35
I2 53 solid
[2]
(iii) Predict the appearance of astatine at room temperature.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Chlorine is bubbled into aqueous potassium iodide.
(i) Describe what you would see.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation for the reaction that takes place.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(f) Explain why astatine will not react with aqueous potassium iodide.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 11]

6
A4 This question is about some Group II elements and their compounds. For
Examiner’s
Magnesium reacts with oxygen to form magnesium oxide. Use
(a) The table shows information about the ions in magnesium oxide.
(i) Complete the table.
electron number of number of

ion
configuration protons neutrons
24Mg2+
12 ....................... .................... .......................
16O2–
8 ....................... .................... .......................
[3]
(ii) Describe how a magnesium atom and an oxygen atom form a magnesium ion and
an oxide ion.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why magnesium oxide has a very high
melting point.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Barium sulfate is an insoluble salt.

Describe how a pure dry sample of barium sulfate can be prepared from aqueous
barium chloride in a laboratory.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12
7
A5 Displacement reactions occur when a metal reacts with a metal compound. For
Examiner’s
The table shows the results of some displacement reactions. Use
In each case a sample of powdered metal is added to an aqueous metal sulfate.
aqueous aqueous aqueous aqueous

copper(II) iron(II) magnesium nickel(II)
sulfate sulfate sulfate sulfate
copper no reaction no reaction no reaction
iron reaction no reaction reaction
magnesium reaction reaction reaction
nickel reaction no reaction no reaction
(a) Place the four metals in order of increasing reactivity.
least reactive …………………………….
…………………………….
…………………………….
most reactive ……………………………. [1]
(b) Iron powder is added to aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
What you would observe in this reaction?
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Aluminium foil is added to aqueous copper(II) chloride. A displacement reaction takes
place. The temperature of the reaction mixture increases.
(i) Name the type of reaction in which the temperature of the reaction mixture
increases.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation for this displacement reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Explain why, even though it is high up in the reactivity series, aluminium does not react
with cold water.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
8
(e) Molybdenum, atomic number 42, is manufactured by the displacement reaction between For
molybdenum(VI) oxide and aluminium. Examiner’s
Use
MoO3 + 2Al Mo + Al2O3
Calculate the mass of aluminium needed to make 1 tonne of molybdenum.

[1 tonne is one million grams.]
mass of aluminium = ................................................. [2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

9
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Seawater contains many dissolved ions. The table shows the concentration of some of these
ions in a typical sample of seawater.
concentration /
ion formula
g / dm3
chloride Cl – 19.00
sodium Na+ 10.56
sulfate SO42– 2.65
magnesium Mg2+ 1.26
calcium Ca2+ 0.40
potassium K+ 0.38
hydrogencarbonate HCO3– 0.14
(a) Suggest the formula of one salt dissolved in seawater.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of sulfate ions in seawater.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Excess aqueous silver nitrate is added to a 25.0 cm3 sample of seawater.
What mass of silver chloride is precipitated in this reaction?
Ag+(aq) + Cl –(aq) AgCl(s)
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

10
(d) Some countries purify seawater to make drinking water. For

Name the process by which seawater is purified into drinking water. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) The pH of seawater is 7.9.
(i) State the formula of an ion, other than those in the table, which must be present in
seawater to account for this pH. Explain your answer.
formula of ion ............................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) One way of measuring the pH of seawater is to use a pH meter.

Describe an alternative method of measuring the pH of seawater.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

11
B7 Carboxylic acids are a homologous series of organic compounds. For

The table shows some information about the first five carboxylic acids. Examiner’s
Use
name molecular formula melting point / °C boiling point / °C
methanoic acid CH2O2 8 101
ethanoic acid C2H4O2 17 118
propanoic acid C3H6O2 –21 141
C4H8O2 –6 164
pentanoic acid C5H10O2
(a) Explain the meaning of the term homologous series.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Suggest the name of the carboxylic acid with the molecular formula C4H8O2.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Draw the structure, showing all atoms and all bonds, of the carboxylic acid with the
molecular formula C3H6O2.
[1]
(d) Deduce the molecular formula for a molecule of a carboxylic acid that contains seven
carbon atoms.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Explain why it is easier to predict the boiling point of pentanoic acid rather than its
melting point.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

12
(f) Ethanoic acid is a weak acid whereas hydrochloric acid is a strong acid. For
Describe the difference between a weak acid and a strong acid. Examiner’s
Include equations in your answer. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(g) Powdered calcium carbonate, CaCO3, is added to a sample of dilute ethanoic acid. The
mixture fizzes and eventually forms a colourless solution.
Construct the equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

13
B8 Solid sodium hydroxide, NaOH, has a giant ionic structure. For

Examiner’s
(a) How many electrons are there in one hydroxide ion? Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Explain why solid sodium hydroxide cannot be electrolysed but aqueous sodium
hydroxide can be electrolysed.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) The electrolysis of aqueous sodium hydroxide produces hydrogen and oxygen as shown
by the electrode reactions.
at anode 4OH–(aq) O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e–
at cathode 2e– + 2H2O(l) H2(g) + 2OH–(aq)
Explain why the electrolysis of aqueous sodium hydroxide involves both oxidation and
reduction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

14
(d) The overall reaction for the electrolysis of aqueous sodium hydroxide is shown below. For
Examiner’s
2H2O(l) 2H2(g) + O2(g) Use
(i) Explain, in terms of the energy changes associated with bond breaking and bond
forming, why the reaction is endothermic.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Some submarines use this reaction to provide oxygen for the occupants to breathe.
Calculate the mass of water which must be electrolysed to make 2500 dm3 of
oxygen at room temperature and pressure.
[One mole of any gas at room temperature and pressure occupies a volume
of 24 dm3.]
mass of water = ............................................. g [3]
[Total:10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

15
B9 Hydrogen has many industrial uses. One possible way to manufacture hydrogen involves the For
reversible reaction between methane and steam. Examiner’s
Use
CH4(g) + H2O(g) CO(g) + 3H2(g) ΔH = +210 kJ / mol
The reaction is carried out in the presence of a nickel catalyst. The conditions used are
30 atmospheres pressure and a temperature of 750 °C.
(a) If the temperature of the reaction mixture is increased to 900 °C, explain what happens
to the position of equilibrium.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) If the pressure of the reaction mixture is increased to 50 atmospheres explain, in terms
of collisions between reacting particles, what happens to the speed of the forward
reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Explain the advantages of using a catalyst in this manufacture of hydrogen.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) In the reaction, 210 kJ of heat energy is used to form 3.0 moles of hydrogen.
Calculate how much heat energy is needed to make 1000 kg of hydrogen.
heat energy = ............................................ kJ [2]

16
(e) Describe how hydrogen is used to manufacture margarine. For

Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/M/J/12

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2012
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/M/J/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
syllabuses.
A1 (a) Ammonia (1) [1]
(b) Propene / sulfur dioxide (1) [1]
(c) Oxygen (1) [1]
(d) Neon (1) [1]
(e) Nitrogen / sulfur dioxide (1) [1]
(f) Chlorine (1) [1]
(g) Nitrogen / carbon monoxide (1) [1]
[Total: 7]
A2 (a) (i) SO2 (1) [1]
(ii) Mole ratio sulfur : oxygen is 1.25 : 3.75 (1)

Empirical formula is SO3 (1) [2]
(iii) Water / steam (1) [1]
(iv) Iron(III) / Fe3+ (1) [1]
(b) (i) Iron(II) hydroxide [1]
(ii) Fe2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) Fe(OH)2(s)

Balanced equation (1)
[Total: 8]
A3 (a) No free electrons / no delocalised electrons / no sea of electrons / all electrons are in
covalent bonds / electrons cannot move (1) [1]
(b) Molecules gain (kinetic) energy (1)

Allow particles move faster
Not atoms gain energy
Overcome intermolecular forces / break attraction between molecules (1)
Ignore weak forces between particles
Not break covalent bonds [2]

(c) Correct structure – ignore inner shells (1)

XX XX
X X X
X I X I X
XX XX
Allow all crosses or all dots [1]
(d) (i) At– (1) [1]
(ii) element colour state

Cl2 gas
Br2 orange liquid
I2 grey / black
Correct states (1)

Correct colour (1)
Allow red / brown for bromine [2]
(iii) Black solid / dark grey solid (1) [1]
(e) (i) (colourless to) yellow solution / straw solution / brown solution / dark grey solid (1) [1]
(ii) Cl2 + 2I– I2 + 2Cl –

(f) Astatine is less reactive than iodine / astatine is less oxidising that iodine / iodide is a better
reducing agent than astatide (1)
Ignore reference to reactivity series [1]
[Total: 11]
A4 (a) (i) ion electron protons neutrons

configuration
24
12
Mg 2+ 2.8 12 12
16
8
O 2− 2.8 8 8
Electron configurations (1)

Numbers of protons (1)
Numbers of neutrons (1) [3]
(ii) Magnesium loses two electrons and oxygen gains two electrons / two electrons
transferred from magnesium to oxygen (1) [1]

(b) Many (electrostatic) attractions between ions / many (ionic) bonds / giant structure (1)
Not intermolecular forces
Not covalent bonds for the first mark
large amount of energy to separate the ions / needs lots of energy to break the (ionic) bonds /
hard to break (ionic) bonds / high temperature needed to break (ionic) bonds / lots of energy to
break the ionic lattice / bonds are strong (1)
Ignore large amount of energy to break forces
Allow strong forces of attraction between ions [2]
(c) Use of any aqueous sulfate including dilute sulfuric acid (1)
Filter reaction mixture (1)
Wash residue with water (1)
Air dry residue / put residue into oven (1)
Allow leave the residue to dry [4]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) Copper, nickel, iron and magnesium (1) [1]
(b) Any two from:

Pink solid (1)
(Blue solution) becomes colourless / becomes pale green (1)
Allow the blue colour becomes paler
temperature increases (1) [2]
(c) (i) Exothermic (1) [1]
(ii) 3Cu2+ + 2Al 2Al 3+ + 3Cu

(d) (Surface) layer of aluminium oxide (1)

Which does not flake off / acts as a protective barrier / which is impermeable to water / does
not allow water or air to reach surface of aluminium (1) [2]
(e) Moles of Mo = 10417 (1)

Mass of Al = 562500 g / 0.5625 tonnes (1)
Allow answer to 2 sig figs up to calculator value [2]
[Total: 9]
B6 (a) NaCl / Na2SO4 / KCl / K2SO4 / CaCl2 / CaSO4 / MgCl2 / MgSO4 (1)
Allow NaHCO3 / KHCO3 / Ca(HCO3)2 / Mg(HCO3)2 [1]
(b) 0.0276 (1) [1]

(c) Moles of Cl – in 1 dm3 = 0.535 / mass in 25 cm3 = 0.475 g (1)

Moles in 25 cm3 = 0.0134 (1)
Mass of AgCl = 1.92 g (1) [3]
(d) Desalination / reverse osmosis (1)

Allow distillation [1]
(e) (i) OH– (aq) (1)

pH = 7.9 indicates alkaline / pH above 7 is alkaline / this ion is present in all alkaline
solutions (1)
Allow seawater is alkaline / seawater has a pH above 7 [2]
(ii) Add universal indicator / pH (indicator) paper (1)

Allow use of pH indicator
Idea of matching colour against a pH chart / idea that the colour indicates the pH (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) Any two from

Same general formula / members vary by a CH2 group (1)
Same functional group / similar chemical properties (1)
Not a group of elements
Allow have same reactions
gradation of physical properties (1) [1]
(b) Butanoic acid (1)

Allow methylpropanoic acid [1]
(c)
H H
O
H C C C
O H
H H
(1)
Allow OH in the structure [1]
(d) C7H14O2 (1)

Allow C6H13COOH [1]
(e) Boiling points all increase / boiling points shows a trend

And
melting point increase and decreases / melting point is irregular down the series / melting
point does not show a trend / melting points fluctuate (1) [1]

(f) Any two from

strong acid fully dissociates and weak acid partially dissociates (1)
HCl H+ + Cl – (1)
CH3COOH ⇌ H+ + CH3COO– (1)
Ignore state symbols
Ignore incorrect equations [2]
(g) CaCO3(s) + 2CH3COOH(aq) Ca(CH3COO)2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

Correct equation (1)
Correct state symbols – dependent on formula (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) (i) 10 (1) [1]
(b) In solid ions cannot move / no free ions (1)

Ignore electrons cannot move
Not electrons can move
In solution ions can move / free ions (1)
Allow particles can move in solution but not in a solid [2]
(c) anode equation involves oxidation since electrons are lost / hydroxide ion is oxidised because
it loses electrons / oxygen is oxidised because its oxidation increases (1)
Note Must be a clear link between the equation, gain and loss of electrons and oxidation and
reduction.
Ignore wrong oxidation numbers
cathode equation involves reduction since electrons are gained / water is reduced because it
gains electrons / hydrogen is reduced because its oxidation number reduces (1) [2]
(d) (i) Bond breaking takes in energy and bond forming releases energy (1)
Allow bond forming is exothermic and bond breaking is endothermic
less energy is released than taken in (1) [2]
(ii) Moles of oxygen = 104.2 (1)
Moles of water = 208.3 (1)
Mass of water = 3750 g (1) [3]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) Position of equilibrium moves to the right / shifts forward / shifts towards the products / forward
reaction favoured (1)
because the (forward) reaction is endothermic (1) [2]

(b) Speed increases

because particles are more crowded / more concentrated (particles) / more particles per unit
volume / particles are closer together (1)
more collisions per second / more chance of collision / more frequent collisions (1) [2]
(c) Any two from:

Increases rate of reaction (1)
Allow reduces the reaction time
Allows reaction to take place at a lower temperature / saves energy (1)
Allow reduces the activation energy
so saves energy resources (1) [2]
(d) Moles of hydrogen = 50 0000 (1)

Energy = 35 000 000 kJ (1) [2]
(e) unsaturated fat (1)

High pressure / nickel catalyst (1)
Allow unsaturated oil / fats with a carbon-carbon double bond [2]
[Total: 10]

* 9 3 8 3 5 9 0 2 0 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NH/SW) 42387/4
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 (a) Define the term compound.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions below.
calcium carbonate
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
ethane
glucose
methane
propane
sodium oxide
sucrose
water
zinc oxide
Which compound
(i) is a product of fermentation,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) reacts with both hydrochloric acid and aqueous sodium hydroxide,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) reacts with hydrochloric acid to form a gas which turns limewater milky,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) is formed by the thermal decomposition of limestone,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(v) is a hydrocarbon formed by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(vi) is a product of the incomplete combustion of a hydrocarbon?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12
3
(c) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a molecule of water. For

Show only the outer shell electrons. Examiner’s
Use
[2]
[Total: 9]

4
A2 A student heated different mixtures of metals and metal oxides. For

The table shows his results. Examiner’s
Use
mixture reacts or no reaction

iron(III) oxide + zinc reacts
lead(II) oxide + iron reacts
lead(II) oxide + zinc reacts
magnesium oxide + zinc no reaction
(a) (i) Predict the order of reactivity of the metals iron, lead, magnesium and zinc.
least reactive most reactive
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction of iron(III) oxide, Fe2O3, with zinc. The
products are zinc oxide, ZnO, and iron.
[1]
(b) Aluminium is high in the reactivity series but does not appear to react with either water
or acids.
(i) Explain why aluminium appears to be unreactive.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain why aluminium is used in the manufacture of aircraft.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Only one naturally-occurring isotope of aluminium is known.

State the number of protons and neutrons in this isotope of aluminium.
number of protons .....................................................................................................
number of neutrons .............................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

5
A3 The rate of reaction of iron with aqueous bromine is determined using the apparatus shown For
below. Examiner’s
Use
mechanical
stirrer
connected to
iron rod
iron aqueous bromine

rod
The iron is removed at regular intervals. It is washed, dried and then weighed. The iron is
then replaced in the solution.
The experiment is repeated twice, each time with a different concentration of aqueous
bromine.
The results are shown in the table below.
concentration of aqueous bromine speed of reaction

mol / dm3 mg iron reacted / min
0.050 9.2
0.10 18.1
0.15 27.2
(a) (i) Describe how and explain why the speed of this reaction changes with the
concentration of bromine.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe and explain the effect of temperature on the speed of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Suggest another method of measuring the speed of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

6
(b) The equation for the reaction is For

Examiner’s
Fe + Br2 FeBr2 ΔH = –250 kJ / mol Use
(i) Construct two half-equations for this reaction to show electron loss and gain.
[2]
(ii) Draw a labelled enthalpy profile diagram for the overall reaction.
On your diagram include
• the enthalpy change of reaction,

• the activation energy,
• reactants,
• products.
[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

7
A4 Wood is made up of many different carbon compounds. For

Examiner’s
(a) Describe how carbon compounds are made in plants by photosynthesis. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) When wood is heated in the absence of air, the carbon compounds in the wood
decompose.
wood
chips cold water
heat distillate
The distillate contains a number of organic compounds, including
ethanoic acid
ethanal
ethanol
methanol
(i) When calcium hydroxide is added to the distillate, it neutralises the ethanoic acid.
Name the salt formed in this neutralisation.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Ethanal can be removed from the distillate by a second distillation.

On what physical property of ethanal does this distillation depend?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

8
(iii) The composition by mass of ethanal is C 54.5%, H 9.1%, O 36.4%. For

Calculate the empirical formula of ethanal. Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(c) Ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid to form the ester ethyl ethanoate.
(i) Complete the following formula for ethyl ethanoate.
H O
H C C
H
[1]
(ii) State a commercial use for esters.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

9
A5 Nickel can be refined by reacting the impure metal with carbon monoxide. The impurities do For
not react with carbon monoxide. Examiner’s
A volatile compound called nickel carbonyl is formed. Use
This is decomposed to give pure nickel and carbon monoxide.
(a) (i) Explain the meaning of the term volatile.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest how nickel carbonyl might be decomposed.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain how this method separates nickel from its impurities.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Nickel carbonyl has the formula Ni(CO)x.

The relative molecular mass of nickel carbonyl is 171.
Calculate the value of x.
value of x = ................................................... [1]
(c) Nickel is refined by electrolysis in a similar way to copper.

Draw a labelled diagram of the apparatus you would use to purify nickel by electrolysis
in the laboratory.
[4]
(d) Nickel is a metal.

State three physical properties shown by all metals.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 11]
10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Seawater contains chloride, bromide and iodide ions.

Bromine can be manufactured by bubbling chlorine through seawater.
Cl 2 + 2Br– Br2 + 2Cl –
(a) (i) Explain why the reaction of chlorine with bromide ions involves both oxidation and
reduction.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe how you could determine the pH of the resulting solution.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why iodine will not displace bromine from seawater.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Bromine reacts with many elements to form bromides.

The table shows the boiling points and electrical conductivity for the bromides A, B, C
and D.
bromide boiling point electrical conductivity

/ °C when molten
A 1435 conducts
B 916 conducts
C 154 does not conduct
D 173 does not conduct
Which two bromides are bonded covalently? Give a reason for your answer.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Chlorine reacts with cold dilute sodium hydroxide to form sodium chlorate(I), NaCl O,
sodium chloride and water.
Construct an equation for this reaction.
[1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

11
(d) The concentration of sodium chlorate(I) in a solution can be found by reacting sodium For
chlorate(I) with excess acidified potassium iodide and then titrating the iodine liberated Examiner’s
with aqueous sodium thiosulfate, Na2S2O3. Use
I2 + 2Na2S2O3 2NaI + Na2S4O6
A solution of sodium thiosulfate contains 12.4 g of sodium thiosulfate, Na2S2O3.5H2O, in

1.00 dm3 of solution.
(i) Calculate the concentration of the sodium thiosulfate solution in mol / dm3.
concentration = .................................. mol / dm3 [1]
(ii) 23.6 cm3 of this sodium thiosulfate solution reacts with exactly 12.5 cm3 of aqueous
iodine.
Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the aqueous iodine.
[3]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Glass contains silicon(IV) oxide and a number of metal oxides. For

Examiner’s
(a) The structure of silicon(IV) oxide is shown below. Use
Key:
silicon atom
oxygen atom
(i) Describe two similarities in the structure of silicon(IV) oxide and diamond.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain why silicon(IV) oxide has a high melting point.
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Explain why silicon(IV) oxide does not conduct electricity.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Old wine glasses often appear cloudy because they have many small cracks on their
surface.
small cracks
on the surface
The cracks are caused by differences in the rate of diffusion of sodium ions and
hydrogen ions in the glass.
(i) Explain the meaning of the term diffusion.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest why sodium and hydrogen ions do not diffuse at the same rate.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

13
(c) Sodium oxide is an ionic compound. For

Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show Examiner’s
Use
• the arrangement of the outer shell electrons,

• the charges on the ions and
• the formula of sodium oxide.
[3]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Many fertilisers contain phosphate ions and nitrate ions. For

Examiner’s
(a) Explain why farmers put fertilisers on the soil. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Why should the chemicals in fertilisers be soluble in water?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, and ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4, are commonly used in
fertilisers.
(i) Calculate the percentage of nitrogen by mass in ammonium nitrate.
[3]
(ii) Describe how crystals of ammonium sulfate can be prepared from aqueous
ammonia.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(d) The formula of calcium phosphate is Ca3(PO4)2.

Use this formula to deduce the charge on the phosphate ion.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

15
B9 Chlorine and sodium hydroxide are manufactured by the electrolysis of concentrated For
aqueous sodium chloride. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Chlorine can be used to bleach wood pulp.

Name another chemical that can be used to bleach wood pulp.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain the purpose of chlorine in water purification.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Chlorine is used to make chloroethene.

The structure of chloroethene is shown below.
H H
C C
H Cl
(i) Draw the structure of the polymer poly(chloroethene).
[2]
(ii) Chloroethene is an unsaturated compound.

Describe a positive test for an unsaturated compound.
test ............................................................................................................................
result ..................................................................................................................... [2]

16
(c) Sodium hydroxide is a typical alkali. For

It reacts with ethanoic acid to form water and the ionic salt, sodium ethanoate. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Write the formula for the ethanoate ion showing all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation for the reaction of ethanoic acid with sodium hydroxide.
[1]
(d) Compounds containing hydroxide ions can be added to the soil to reduce its acidity.
(i) Explain why adding hydroxide ions to the soil can cause the loss of nitrogen from
fertilisers containing ammonium salts.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct an ionic equation for this reaction.
[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2012
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level
MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series
5070 CHEMISTRY
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2012 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
A1 (a) (substance containing) two or more elements bonded / joined [1]
(b) (i) carbon dioxide / CO2 [1]
(ii) zinc oxide / ZnO [1]
(iii) calcium carbonate / CaCO3 [1]
(iv) carbon dioxide / CO2 [1]
(v) methane / CH4 [1]
(vi) carbon monoxide / CO [1]
(c) one pair of electrons between each H and O; (1)
rest of structure is correct; (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
A2 (a) (i) lead < iron < zinc < magnesium [1]
(ii) Fe2O3 + 3Zn → 3ZnO + 2Fe [1]
(b) (i) (forms an) oxide layer / has a coat of oxide; (1)
which is strongly fixed to the surface / which is not easily removed / which is
unreactive; (1) [2]
(ii) low density [1]
(iii) protons = 13 and neutrons = 14 [1]
[Total: 6]
© Cambridge International Examinations 2012

A3 NOTE: for parts A3a(i) and A3a(ii) answers must be comparative
(a) (i) speed increases with increase in bromine concentration (no mark alone)
because
(bromine) molecules closer together / more (bromine) molecules (in a given
volume) / more (bromine) particles (in a given volume) / more crowded
molecules; (1)
therefore frequency of collisions greater /more particles collide per second /

greater chance of collisions / collide more often; (1) [2]
(ii) increasing temperature increases rate (no mark alone)

because
particles move more rapidly / particles have more energy ; (1)
therefore more energetic collisions / more effective collisions / more successful

collisions / more vigorous collisions; (1)
NOTE: more particles have energy greater than activation energy = 2 marks [2]
(iii) measure colour of the solution / bromine (over time) / use a colorimeter /
measure absorbance / measure how much light goes through the solution /
measure (electrical) conductivity [1]
(b) (i) Fe → Fe2+ + 2e– (1)
Br2 + 2e– → 2Br – (1) [2]
(ii) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant level above product
level; (1)
∆H correctly labelled with arrow going downwards; (1)
activation energy correctly labelled with arrow / line going upwards or double-
headed arrow; (1) [3]
[Total: 10]

A4 (a) carbon dioxide and water (required); (1)
(in presence of) sunlight / chlorophyll; (1)
to form glucose / C6H12O6 / sugars / carbohydrate; (1) [3]
(b) (i) calcium ethanoate [1]
(ii) boiling point [1]
(iii) C = 54.5/12 H = 9.1/1 O = 36.4/ 16

or
4.54 9.1 2.275 / 2.28 (1)
ratio = 2 4 1 (1) [2]
(c) (i) formula completed correctly e.g. – OCH2CH3 [1]
(ii) solvent / flavouring / perfumes / making polyesters / making terylene /

plasticisers / making fuels (transesterification) / nail varnish remover [1]
[Total: 9]

A5 (a) (i) evaporates easily / easily form a gas [1]
(ii) by heating / high temperature [1]
(iii) impurities remain as solids / impurities do not evaporate / only the nickel
carbonyl evaporates / nickel reacts and leaves impurities behind [1]
(b) 4 [1]
(c) two electrodes dipping into liquid and power pack or battery; (1)
(pure) nickel and impure nickel electrodes labelled; (1)
impure nickel is the anode / + electrode and pure nickel is the cathode / - electrode; (1)
electrolyte labelled as nickel salt / named nickel salt / aqueous nickel compound; (1) [4]
(d) any three from:

conducts heat / conducts electricity (1)
malleable / can be hammered into shape / can be bent into shapes (1)
ductile / can be stretched (1)
shiny / lustrous (1) IGNORE: silvery [3]
[Total: 11]

B6 (a) (i) chlorine gains electrons, so is reduction; (1)
bromide loses electrons, so is oxidation; (1) [2]

(ii) use of universal indicator / pH paper and comparison with colour chart / use of
pH meter / use of pH electrode [1]
(iii) iodine is less reactive (than bromine) ORA iodine is lower in the reactivity series
(than bromine) [1]
(b) C and D because they have low boiling points/

C and D because they do not conduct (when molten) [1]
(c) Cl2 + 2NaOH → NaClO + NaCl + H2O [1]
(d) (i) 0.05 (mol dm–3) [1]
(ii) mol thiosulfate = 0.05 x 23.6/1000 / 1.18 x 10–3 (mol); (1)
mol iodine = 5.9 x 10–4 (mol) ; (1)
concentration of iodine = (5.9 x 10–4 x 1000 / 12.5) = 0.0472 (mol dm–3) (1)
(mark is for correct answer) [3]
[Total: 10]

B7 (a) (i) (both have) tetrahedral arrangement of atoms / (both have) hexagonal
arrangement of atoms; (1)
(both are) giant structures / giant molecular (structures) / macromolecules /

covalent lattices; (1) [2]
(ii) many (covalent) bonds / giant structure / macromolecule / all atoms joined
together / network of bonds / lattice; (1)
takes a lot of energy to break bonds / hard to break bonds / high temperature
needed to break bonds / bonds are strong; (1) [2]
(iii) no free electrons / no delocalised electrons / no sea of electrons / all electrons

in covalent bonds / electrons can’t move / electrons in fixed positions; [1]
(b) (i) idea of random movement of molecules or particles / movement of molecules or

particles in any direction;
NOTE: answer must refer to particles, of any kind [1]
(ii) they have different masses / they have different sizes / hydrogen (ion) is lighter /
hydrogen (ion) is smaller [1]
(c) 8 valency electrons in both sodium and oxide ions; (1)
charges correct Na+ and O2– ; (1)
2 sodium ions and 1 oxide ion / Na2O / ratio of 2 Na to 1 O from diagram of covalent
structure; (1) [3]

B8 (a) improve (crop) growth / improve (crop) yield / increase crop (growth) / increase crop
(yield) / bigger crop (growth) / better crop (yield) [1]
(b) so that the roots can absorb them / so the plant can absorb them [1]
(c) (i) 2N = 28; (1)
RFM of ammonium nitrate = 80; (1)
% by mass = 35%; (1) [3]
(c) (ii) add sulfuric acid (to aqueous ammonia); (1)
titration; (1)
use of indicator then repeat without indicator; (1)
heat (solution obtained) to crystallisation point / evaporate some of the water

(from the solution) / heat (solution) then leave (solution) to cool / leave (solution)
to crystallise / solution concentrated by heating (1) [4]
(d) 3- [1]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) (i) sulfur dioxide / hydrogen peroxide [1]
(ii) kills bacteria [1]
(b) (i) correct structure with

two or more units and single bonds between carbon atoms; (1)
continuation bonds present; (1) [2]
(ii) bromine water / (aqueous) bromine / bromine; (1)
turns colourless / decolourised; (1) [2]
(c) (i) correct formula for ethanoate ion showing all atoms and bonds including
negative charge on the single bonded oxygen
H O
l ll
H–C–C–O–
l
H
[1]
(ii) CH3COOH + OH– → CH3COO– + H2O [1]
(d) (i) (hydroxide reacts with ammonium salts) to form ammonia [1]
(ii) OH– + NH4+ → NH3 + H2O [1]
[Total: 10]

* 3 9 0 4 4 5 3 5 5 3 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B
Electronic calculators may be used.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.
DC (NF/SW) 58056/4
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following elements to answer the questions below.
barium
calcium
carbon
copper
helium
hydrogen
iron
lead
lithium
sulfur
zinc
Each element can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Name an element which
(a) forms two acidic oxides,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) has an ion which, in aqueous solution, reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to give a
green precipitate,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) has an atom with an electronic configuration with only four occupied shells,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) has two giant molecular structures,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) has an ion which, in aqueous solution, is used to test for sulfate ions,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) reacts with water to form an alkaline solution.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13
3
A2 Both respiration and combustion add carbon dioxide to the atmosphere. For
Examiner’s
(a) Give one reason why scientists are concerned about the increasing use of fossil fuels. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Respiration is a process that occurs in living organisms where glucose, C6H12O6, reacts
with oxygen.
Write the overall equation that represents respiration.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Respiration is an exothermic reaction.
(i) Explain, in terms of the energy changes that occur during bond breaking and bond
making, why respiration is an exothermic reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Complete the energy profile diagram for respiration.

• products,
• enthalpy change for the reaction, ΔH,
• activation energy, Ea.
reactants
energy
[3]
[Total: 7]

4
A3 Aluminium is a metal and both iodine and bromine are non-metals. For
Examiner’s
(a) How does the number of valency electrons help to explain why aluminium is a metal and Use
iodine and bromine are non-metals?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) At room temperature iodine is a solid and bromine is a liquid.
Describe the difference between both the arrangement and the motion of particles in a
solid and a liquid.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Iodine and bromine form the compound iodine bromide, IBr.
Draw the ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for IBr.
Only draw the outer shell electrons.
[1]
(d) Describe how bromine is used to test for unsaturation in organic compounds.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

5
(e) Aluminium is used to make alloys for the aircraft industry. One reason for this is that For
aluminium does not corrode very easily. Examiner’s
Use
(i) State one other reason why aluminium is used in the manufacture of aircraft.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why aluminium does not corrode very easily.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 9]

6
A4 The structures of some of the compounds that can be manufactured from crude oil are shown. For
Examiner’s
Use
H H H H H H H H
H C C C C H H C C O H C C
H H H H H H H H
butane ethanol ethene
H H H H H H H H H H
H C C C C C C C C H C C
H H H H H H H H H C
octane H H
H
propene
(a) Octane is found in the petrol fraction separated from crude oil.
Name the process by which petrol is separated from crude oil and state the physical
property which allows this process to be carried out.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Hexadecane, C16H34, can be cracked to produce a mixture of alkanes and alkenes.
Construct an equation to show the cracking of hexadecane to produce octane.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Propene can be polymerised to make poly(propene).
Draw a section of the structure of poly(propene).
[2]
(d) Ethanol is manufactured by a hydration reaction.
State both the reagents and conditions for this reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13
7
A5 Analysis of compound X shows it has the following composition. For

Examiner’s
Use
element percentage by mass
hydrogen 3.40
nitrogen 12.0
oxygen 41.0
vanadium 43.6
(a) Show that X has the formula H4NO3V.
[2]
(b) Suggest one property of aqueous X caused by the presence of vanadium.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to solid X and the mixture is warmed.
A colourless gas that turns moist red litmus blue is evolved.
Deduce the formula of each of the two ions present in X.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) An acidified aqueous solution of X reacts with aqueous potassium iodide to form iodine.
State and explain what you can deduce about the chemical nature of X.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) When solid X is heated only V2O5, water and gas Z are formed.
Name gas Z.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 8]
9
A6 A 0.250 g sample of iron filings is added to 25.0 cm3 of 0.100 mol / dm3 aqueous copper(II) For
sulfate. Examiner’s
Use
Cu2+(aq) + Fe(s) Fe2+(aq) + Cu(s)
(a) Explain, using electron transfer, why iron is oxidised in this reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Show, by calculation, which reactant is in excess.
[3]
(c) What would you observe in this reaction?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Copper powder is added to aqueous silver nitrate.
Predict whether or not a reaction will take place. Explain your answer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 7]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B7 An antacid tablet contains a mixture of magnesium hydroxide, Mg(OH)2, and calcium

carbonate, CaCO3.
Stomach acid contains dilute hydrochloric acid.
A student adds a 0.500 g antacid tablet to 50.0 cm3 of 1.00 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid, HCl.
The acid is in excess.
The graph shows how the total volume of gas produced at r.t.p. changes with time.
120
100
80
total volume
of gas 60
produced / cm 3
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
time / seconds
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

11
(a) Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, the apparatus needed to collect this data. For
Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(b) (i) Write equations for the reactions of HCl with Mg(OH)2 and also with CaCO3.
Mg(OH)2
..................................................................................................................................
CaCO3
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon dioxide formed at r.t.p. once the reaction
had stopped.
amount in moles = .................................................. [2]
(iii) Calculate the mass of CaCO3 in the tablet.
mass of CaCO3 = .............................................. g [2]
Question B7 continues on page 12.

12
(c) The student repeats the experiment. This time she uses a 0.500 g antacid tablet and For
50.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol / dm3 HCl instead of 50.0 cm3 of 1.00 mol / dm3 HCl. Examiner’s
Use
Describe and explain what will happen to the rate of reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

14
B8 Alcohols are a homologous series of organic compounds. For

Examiner’s
The table shows information about some alcohols. Use
alcohol molecular formula melting point density

/ °C / g / cm3
methanol CH4O −98 0.79
ethanol C2H6O −114 0.79
C3H8O −126 0.80
butanol C4H10O
decanol 7 0.83
(a) Which group of atoms (functional group) must be present in the homologous series of
alcohols?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Name the alcohol with the molecular formula C3H8O.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) (i) Deduce the general formula for an alcohol.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) A molecule of decanol has ten carbon atoms.
What is the molecular formula for decanol?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) It is more difficult to estimate the melting point of butanol than to estimate its density.
Use the data in the table to explain why.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

15
(e) When warmed in the presence of concentrated sulfuric acid, butanol reacts with For
ethanoic acid to form an ester. Examiner’s
Use
Name and draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of this ester.
name ........................................................
structure
[2]
(f) Ethanol reacts with oxygen in the air to form ethanoic acid.
Describe another method by which ethanol can be converted into ethanoic acid.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(g) Butanol can burn in a limited supply of air.
Name two products of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Methane reacts with water to produce hydrogen and carbon monoxide. For
Examiner’s
CH4(g) + H2O(g) 3H2(g) + CO(g) ΔH = +210 kJ / mol Use
The reaction is normally carried out at a pressure of 30 atmospheres and a temperature of

850 °C.
(a) The reaction is carried out at 30 atmospheres pressure and at 600 °C rather than 850 °C.
Predict and explain the effect of lowering the temperature on
(i) the rate of reaction,
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) the position of equilibrium.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) The reaction is carried out at 50 atmospheres rather than 30 atmospheres, and at
850 °C.
Predict and explain the effect of raising the pressure on the position of equilibrium.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) The reaction uses a catalyst.
(i) What effect does a catalyst have on the position of equilibrium?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how a catalyst causes the rate of reaction to increase.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

17
(d) Calculate the energy absorbed by the reaction when 560 g of CO is formed. For
Examiner’s
Use
energy absorbed = ............................................. kJ [2]
[Total: 10]

18
B10 Solid sodium chloride and magnesium oxide have the same structure and bonding. For
Examiner’s
This is the structure of sodium chloride. Use
Key
Na+
Cl –
The table shows the melting point of these two compounds.
compound melting point / °C
magnesium oxide 2852
sodium chloride 801
(a) (i) What are the formulae for a magnesium ion and an oxide ion?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest why magnesium oxide has a much higher melting point than
sodium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) (i) Explain why pure sodium chloride can be electrolysed at 1000 °C but not at 600 °C.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Construct an equation for the anode reaction in the electrolysis of pure
sodium chloride at 1000 °C.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

19
(c) Sodium chloride is dissolved in distilled water. For

Examiner’s
Excess aqueous silver nitrate is added to this solution and 0.232 g of a white precipitate Use
is formed.
(i) Construct an ionic equation, including state symbols, for the formation of the white
precipitate.
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Calculate the mass of sodium chloride present in the solution.
mass of sodium chloride = .............................................. g [3]
[Total: 10]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/M/J/13

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2013
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/M/J/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series
5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
A1 (a) sulfur [1]
(b) iron [1]
(c) calcium / iron / copper / zinc [1]
(d) carbon [1]
(e) barium [1]
(f) lithium / calcium / barium [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) carbon dioxide being produced / greenhouse gas emissions / fossil fuels will run out / fossil
fuels non-renewable / global warming / acid rain (1) [1]
(b) C6H12O6 + 6O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O (1) [1]

ALLOW: correct multiples
(c) (i) Bond breaking absorbs energy and bond making releases energy / bond breaking is
endothermic and bond making is exothermic (1)
More energy is released than absorbed / less energy absorbed than released /
endothermic energy change is less than the exothermic energy change / exothermic
change greater than endothermic change (1) [2]
(ii) Product level below and to the right of the reactant level and labelled product or
(6)H2O / (6)CO2 (1)
Correct energy hump drawn and near vertical arrow labelled activation energy (or Ea)
from reactant level to energy maximum (1)
Correct labelled enthalpy change with near vertical arrow pointing downwards (1) [3]
[Total: 7]

A3 (a) Aluminium has 3 valence electrons and iodine and bromine have 7 / Al has 3 outer electrons
and iodine and bromine have 7 (1)
Aluminium loses electrons and iodine / bromine gain electron(s) (1) [2]
(b) In a solid, particles are arranged regularly and in liquid particles are irregularly arranged (1)
In solid particles are only vibrating and in liquid they are moving (or sliding over each other)
(1)
ALLOW: no movement of particles in solid and moving in liquid [2]
(c) Correct dot-and-cross diagram with one pair of bonding electrons between I and Br and six
non-bonding electrons on each atom (1) [1]
(d) Bromine (water) decolourised / bromine goes colourless bromine goes from orange to
colourless (1) [1]
(e) (i) Low density [1]
(ii) It has an oxide layer / aluminium oxide is on the surface (1)
Layer is impermeable to water / layer is impermeable to air / layer is (fairly) resistant to

acids / layer is (fairly) resistant to alkalis / layer is unreactive / layer does not flake off /
layer adheres to the surface / layer is non-porous (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
A4 (a) Fractional distillation / fractionation (1)
Boiling point (1) [2]
(b) TWO marks for any suitable equation correctly balanced showing alkene(s) as product e.g.
C16H34 → C8H18 + C8H16
C16H34 → C8H18 + 2C4H8
C16H34 → C8H18 + 4C2H4
C16H34 → C8H18 + C4H8 + 2C2H4
(Any equation showing C8H18 as product and C16H34 as reactant gains one mark.) [2]
(c) Correct section of polymer chain showing 1 or more repeating units and continuation bonds
(2 marks) e.g.
H H
| |
–C–C–
| |
H CH3
1 mark if structure correct but no continuation bonds [2]

(d) Ethene and steam / C2H4 + H2O(g) (1)
High temperature / heat and catalyst / correct named catalyst e.g. phosphoric acid / acid (1)
[2]
[Total:8]
A5 (a) Dividing % by mass by atomic mass

N = 12.0/14 H = 3.4/1 O = 41.0/16 V = 43.6 /51
or correct ratios arising from this
N = 0.857 H = 3.4 O = 2.56 V = 0.855 (1 mark)
Dividing correctly by smallest to give correct ratio:

N = 0.857 H = 3.4 O = 2.56 V = 0.855
0.855 0.855 0.855 0.855
1 4 3 1 (1 mark)
OR
H = 4 x 100 O = 48 x 100 N = 14 x 100 V = 51 x100

117 117 117 117
= 3.4% = 41% = 12% = 43.6%

(2 marks)
(IF: 2 marks not obtained, 1 mark for 4, 48, 14 and 51) [2]
(b) (Solution is) coloured / not colourless [1]
(c) NH4+ (1)
VO3– (1) [2]
(d) (X is an) oxidising agent / oxidant (1)
the oxidation number of iodine increases / iodide loses electrons / X gains electrons (1) [2]
(e) Ammonia (1)

ALLOW: NH3 [1]
[Total: 8]

A6 (a) Iron loses electrons (1) [1]
(b) Moles Fe = 0.250/ 56 OR 0.00446 mol (1)
Moles CuSO4 / Cu2+ ions / Cu

= 0.100 × 25 / 1000 OR 0.0025 mol (1)
Iron (because there are more moles) (1)

NOTE: answer dependent on a calculation showing moles of Fe and moles of CuSO4 / Cu2+
ions / Cu [3]
(c) Blue solution becomes (pale) green (1)
(Iron gets coated with) pink solid / pink solid formed (1)
ALLOW: brown solid in place of pink solid
NOTE: both solid and colour required for mark [2]
(d) There is a reaction because copper is more reactive than silver / there is a reaction because
silver is less reactive than copper
NOTE: both reaction and reason required [1]
[Total: 7]
B7 (a) Suitable method of collecting and measuring gas connected to a reaction vessel with correct
label for the measuring vessel e.g. gas syringe / upturned burette over water / upturned
measuring cylinder over water with tube connected to flask (1)
Apparatus gas tight and workable (1) [2]
(b) (i) Mg(OH)2 + 2HCl → MgCl2 + 2H2O (1)
CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O (1) [2]
(ii) Volume of CO2 = 96 (cm3) (1)
Moles CO2 = 0.004 / 4 × 10–3 (mol) (1) [2]
(iii) Mr CaCO3 = 100 (1)
(0.004 × 100) = 0.40 (g) / 0.4 (g) (1) [2]

(c) Reaction faster because particles are closer / rate increases because the particles are more
crowded / more particles in a given volume (1)
NOTE: mark cannot be scored if there is no mention of particles / types of particles e.g. only
refer to HCl
More collisions per second / more frequent collisions / particles collide more often / more
chances of collisions (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) OH / hydroxy(l) (1) [1]
(b) Propanol / propan-1-ol / propan-2-ol (1) [1]
(c) (ii) CnH2n+1OH (1)

ALLOW: CnH2n+2O [1]
(ii) C10H22O (1)

ALLOW: C10H21OH [1]
(d) Melting point does not have a trend (down the series) but density does / melting point
increases then decreases but density increases (1)
NOTE: there must be reference to both density and melting point [1]
(e) Butyl ethanoate (1)
Correct structure showing all atoms and bonds (1)
H O H H H H
| ║ | | | |
H–C–C–O–C–C–C–C–H
| | | | |
H H H H H [2]
(f) Potassium dichromate(VI) / potassium dichromate / Cr2O72– (1)

ALLOW: potassium permanganate / potassium manganate(VII) / MnO4
Warm / heat / distil / boil / reflux with an acid (1)

NOTE: both acid and heat required for the mark [2]
(g) Any two of:

carbon, carbon monoxide, water [1]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) (i) (Reaction is) slower because particles are moving slower / rate decreases because
particles have less energy (1)
There are fewer successful collisions / fewer particles have energy greater than
activation energy / less chance of successful collisions / less effective collisions / less
fruitful collisions / less energy collisions(1) [2]
(ii) (Goes to) left (1)

ALLOW: reaction goes to the left / greater concentration of reactants / lower
concentration of products / more methane and water / reactant side is favoured
(Because) the reaction is endothermic

ALLOW: the reaction shifts to the exothermic side / the reaction shifts to the side which
releases heat (1) [2]
(b) Shifts to left (1)

ALLOW: reaction goes to the left / greater concentration of reactants / lower concentration of
products / more methane and water / reactant side is favoured
(Because) there are fewer moles on reactant side / more moles on product side / fewer
moles of methane and water / more moles of hydrogen and carbon monoxide (1) [2]
(c) (i) None / does not change it / nothing / no effect (1) [1]
(ii) Lowers the activation energy (1) [1]
(d) (Moles of) CO = (560 / 28) = 20 (mol) (1)
Energy = (210 × 20) = 4200 (kJ) (1) [2]
[Total:10]
B10 (a) (i) Mg2+ and O2– (1) [1]
(ii) Stronger attraction between the ions / stronger forces between the ions / stronger ionic
bonds / higher charges / stronger electrostatic attractions / stronger electrostatic forces /
smaller ions (1)
ALLOW: its ionic bonding is stronger [1]
(b) (i) At 600 oC it is solid so ions cannot move / at 600 oC ions are in fixed position in a solid (1)
NOTE: reference needed to solid as well as lack of movement of ions
At 1000 oC it is molten/ liquid so ions can move / at 1000 oC it is molten/ liquid so ions are
mobile / At 1000 oC it is molten/ liquid because the ions are free (1)
NOTE: reference needed to temperature, liquid/ solid as well as movement of ions [2]
(ii) 2Cl – → Cl2 + 2e– / 2Cl – − 2e–→ Cl2

ALLOW: multiples and Cl– → ½ Cl2 + e– [1]

(c) (i) Ag+(aq) + Cl–(aq) → AgCl(s)

Correct formulae and balance (1)
Correct state symbols for Ag+, Cl– and AgCl
dependent on the correct formulae (1) [2]
(ii) Mr AgCl = 143.5 and Mr NaCl = 58.5 (1)
Moles AgCl = (0.232/ 143.5) = 0.00162 (1)

ALLOW: ecf from incorrect Mr
Mass of NaCl = (0.00162 × 58.5) = 0.0948 (g) (1) [3]
[Total: 10]

* 4 7 9 7 3 5 7 1 7 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (NF/CGW) 58055/3
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
butane
calcium carbonate
carbon dioxide
copper(II) nitrate
iron(II) hydroxide
iron(III) hydroxide
propene
sodium chloride
sulfur dioxide
sulfuric acid
Name a compound which
(a) is a green solid,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is a saturated hydrocarbon,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) has a molecule with only 9 atoms,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) can be used to reduce the acidity in lakes,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) will turn aqueous acidified potassium dichromate(VI) from orange to green,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) can be electrolysed in aqueous solution to form two gases.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13

3
A2 Photosynthesis helps to maintain the percentage of oxygen in air. For

Examiner’s
(a) What is the percentage, by volume, of oxygen in dry air? Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) In addition to releasing oxygen, photosynthesis produces glucose, C6H12O6.
Write the overall equation that represents photosynthesis.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Describe the essential conditions needed for photosynthesis.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Photosynthesis is an endothermic reaction.
(i) Explain, in terms of the energy changes that occur during bond breaking and bond
making, why photosynthesis is an endothermic reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Complete the energy profile diagram for photosynthesis.

• products,
• enthalpy change for the reaction, ΔH,
• activation energy, Ea.
reactants
energy
[3]
[Total: 9]
4
A3 Salts are often made by the neutralisation of bases. For

Examiner’s
(a) Aqueous potassium hydroxide, of concentration 0.150 mol / dm3, is added to 25.0 cm3 of Use
sulfuric acid in a flask.
The graph shows how the pH of the liquid in the flask changes as aqueous potassium
hydroxide is added to it.
14
12
10
pH
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
volume of potassium hydroxide / cm3
(i) Construct the equation for the complete neutralisation of sulfuric acid by potassium
hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Use the graph to deduce the volume of aqueous potassium hydroxide required to
neutralise 25.0 cm3 of sulfuric acid.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13

5
(iii) Use your answers to (i) and (ii) to calculate the concentration of sulfuric acid. For
Examiner’s
Use
concentration of sulfuric acid = .................................. mol / dm3 [3]
(b) Describe the essential experimental details for preparing a pure sample of zinc nitrate
crystals from zinc oxide.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 9]

7
A4 The table shows the number of electrons, neutrons and protons in seven different particles. For
Examiner’s
Use
number of
particle
electrons neutrons protons
A 12 12 12
B 15 16 15
C 17 18 17
D 17 20 17
E 18 16 16
F 18 22 18
G 18 20 20
(a) What is the nucleon number for F?
................................. [1]
(b) Explain why A is a neutral particle.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Which particles are isotopes of the same element?
................................. [1]
(d) What is the charge on E?
................................. [1]
(e) Which particles have the same relative mass?
................................. [1]
[Total: 6]

8
A5 Analysis of compound X shows it has the following composition. For

Examiner’s
Use
nitrogen 11.1
hydrogen 3.20
chromium 41.3
oxygen 44.4
(a) Show that X has the formula N2H8Cr2O7.
[3]
(b) An aqueous solution of X is orange.
Suggest which element in X is responsible for the orange colour.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) An acidified aqueous solution of X reacts with aqueous potassium iodide to form iodine.
State and explain what you can conclude about the chemical nature of X.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to solid X and the mixture is warmed. A gas that
turns moist red litmus blue is evolved.
(i) Give the formula of the positive ion present in X.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest the formula of the other ion present in X.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13

9
(e) When solid X is heated only Cr2O3, water and gas Z are formed. For
Examiner’s
Name gas Z. Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 9]
Question A6 starts on page 10.

10
A6 Potassium is in Group I and chlorine is in Group VII of the Periodic Table. For
Examiner’s
Potassium forms an oxide with the formula K2O and chlorine forms an oxide with the formula Use
Cl 2O.
(a) (i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for Cl2O.
You only need to draw the outer shell electrons.
[1]
(ii) Explain, using ideas about structure and bonding, why Cl 2O has a low melting
point.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Draw diagrams to show the electronic structures and charges of both ions present in
potassium oxide.
[2]
(c) Chlorine forms another oxide Cl 2O7. One mole of this oxide reacts with one mole of
water to make two moles of an acid and no other products.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13

11
Section B For
Examiner’s
B7 Malachite is an ore of copper. The formula of malachite is CuCO3.Cu(OH)2.
Malachite reacts as though it is a mixture of copper(II) carbonate and copper(II) hydroxide.
A small sample of malachite is added to excess dilute hydrochloric acid, HCl(aq). The carbon
dioxide formed is collected and has a volume of 96 cm3 at room temperature and pressure.
(a) What would you observe when malachite reacts with HCl(aq)?
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Construct the equation for the reaction between malachite and HCl(aq).
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Calculate the mass of carbonate ion, CO32−, in the sample of malachite.
mass of CO32− = .............................................. g [3]
(d) Copper is extracted from malachite by heating with carbon.
(i) Construct an equation for the reduction of malachite by carbon.
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Malachite is a finite resource. Give one other reason why copper should be
recycled.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Carboxylic acids are a homologous series of organic compounds. For

Examiner’s
The table shows information about some carboxylic acids. Use
carboxylic acid formula melting point / °C boiling point / °C
methanoic acid HCO2H 8 100
ethanoic acid CH3CO2H 17 118
C2H5CO2H −22 141
butanoic acid C3H7CO2H
hexadecanoic acid C15H31CO2H 63 269
(a) What is meant by the term homologous series?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Name the carboxylic acid with the formula C2H5CO2H.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Deduce the general formula for a carboxylic acid.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) It is more difficult to estimate the melting point of butanoic acid than its boiling point.
Use the data in the table to explain why.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) When warmed in the presence of concentrated sulfuric acid, butanoic acid reacts with
ethanol to make an ester.
Name and draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of this ester.
name .........................................................
structure
[2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13
13
(f) Hexadecanoic acid, C15H31CO2H, is a weak acid. For

Examiner’s
(i) Write an equation to show the dissociation of hexadecanoic acid when dissolved in Use
water. Use the equation to explain the meaning of the term weak acid.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What is the formula of the salt formed when hexadecanoic acid reacts with aqueous
sodium hydroxide?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Ethanol is manufactured by the hydration of ethene. For

Examiner’s
C2H4(g) + H2O(g) C2H5OH(g) ΔH = – 45 kJ / mol Use
The reaction is normally carried out at a pressure of 70 atmospheres and a temperature of

300 °C.
(a) The reaction is carried out at 70 atmospheres pressure and at 600 °C rather than 300 °C.
Predict and explain the effect of raising the temperature on
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) The reaction is carried out at 20 atmospheres rather than 70 atmospheres, and at
300 °C.
Predict and explain the effect of decreasing the pressure on
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13

15
(c) Calculate the energy released when 10 moles of ethanol are formed. For
Examiner’s
Use
energy released = ............................................. kJ [1]
(d) The hydration of ethene uses an acid catalyst.
Explain how a catalyst can increase the rate of reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Aqueous silver nitrate can be electrolysed using inert electrodes. For
Solid silver is formed on the cathode (negative electrode). Examiner’s
Use
The table shows how the mass of silver formed is affected by four factors.
temperature duration of current passed concentration of mass of silver

of solution electrolysis through solution formed
/ °C / seconds solution / amps / mol / dm3 /g
25 100 9.65 1.0 0.108
30 100 9.65 1.0 0.108
25 100 9.65 0.5 0.108
25 200 9.65 0.5 0.216
25 100 19.3 1.0 0.216
(a) The electrode reaction at the cathode is reduction.
(i) Construct the equation for the reaction which occurs at the cathode.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why this reaction is reduction.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) State how each of the following factors affects the mass of silver formed at the cathode.
temperature of solution
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
duration of electrolysis
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
current used
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
concentration of solution
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13
17
(c) Explain why aqueous silver nitrate can be electrolysed but solid silver nitrate cannot. For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Aqueous silver nitrate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form a white precipitate.
Construct the ionic equation, including state symbols, for the formation of this white
precipitate.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/M/J/13

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2013
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/M/J/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
A1 (a) Iron(II) hydroxide (1) [1]
(b) Butane (1) [1]
(c) Propene (1) [1]
(d) Calcium carbonate (1) [1]
(e) Sulfur dioxide (1) [1]
(f) Sulfuric acid / sodium chloride (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) Any value in range 20–22 (1) [1]
(b) 6H2O + 6CO2 C6H12O6 + 6O2 (1) [1]
(c) ANY TWO FROM

Use of enzymes (1)
Chlorophyll / presence of chloroplasts (1)
Sunlight (1) IGNORE just light / sun / sunshine
(Ideally) 20–40 oC (1) [2]
(d) (i) Bond breaking absorbs energy and bond making releases energy / bond breaking is
endothermic and bond making is exothermic (1)
More energy absorbed than released / less energy released than absorbed /
endothermic energy change is greater than exothermic energy change / exothermic
energy change is less than endothermic energy change (1) [2]
(ii) Products level above and to the right of the reactants level (1)
Correct energy hump drawn and near vertical arrow labelled activation energy (or
Ea) from reactant level to energy maximum (1)
Correct labelled enthalpy change with near vertical arrow pointing upwards (1) [3]
[Total: 9]

A3 (a) (i) 2KOH + H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2H2O (1) [1]
(ii) 24 cm3 (of potassium hydroxide neutralises acid) (1) [1]
24
(iii) Moles of KOH = × 0.150 / 0.0036 (1)
1000
0.0036
Moles of H2SO4 = / 0.0018 (1)
2
0.0018
Concentration = = 0.072 (mol dm–3) (1) [3]
0.025
(b) Use of nitric acid (1)

Add excess base to acid (and warm) (1)
Filter (to remove excess base) (1)
Evaporate to point of crystallisation / leave in warm place / heat then allow solution to
cool (1) [4]
[Total: 9]
A4 (a) 40 (1) [1]
(b) Same number of protons and electrons / because it has 12 protons and 12 electrons (1)
Protons are positive and electrons are negative / protons are +1 and electrons are –1 (1) [2]
(c) C and D [1]
(d) 2− / −2 (1) [1]
(e) F and G (1) [1]
[Total: 6]

A5 (a)
N H Cr O
Mole ratio 11.1 3.2 41.3 44.4

/ / / /
14 1 52 16
0.793 3.2 0.794 2.78
Simplified 0.793 3.2 0.794 2.78

ratio /
0.793 0.793 0.793 0.793
/ / /
3.5
1 4 1
×2 2 8 2 7
Mole ratio line (1) Simplified ratio line (1)

Idea of the × 2 (1) [3]
(b) Chromium (1) [1]
(c) X is an oxidising agent (1)
because oxidation number of iodine increases / iodide loses electrons / X gains

electrons / oxidation number of Cr decreases (1) [2]
(d) (i) NH4+ (1) [1]
(ii) Cr2O72– (1) [1]
(e) Nitrogen (1) [1]
[Total: 9]

A6 (a) (i) Correct ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram with one pair of bonding electrons between O and
Cl, four non-bonding electrons on O and six non-bonding electrons on each Cl (1) [1]
(ii) ANY TWO FROM

Simple molecular structure / small molecule (1)
Weak intermolecular forces have to be broken (1)
Little energy needed to break intermolecular force / intermolecular force is easy to

overcome (1) [2]
(b) K+ 2,8,8 (1)
O2– 2,8 (1)
Alternatively
ALLOW correct charge on ion (1) and correct electronic structure (1) [2]
(c) H2O + Cl2O7 2HClO4 (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
B7 (a) ANY TWO FROM

Dissolves (1)
Blue / green solution (1)
Fizzes / bubbles / effervescence (1) [2]
(b) CuCO3.Cu(OH)2 + 4HCl 2CuCl2 + CO2 + 3H2O (1)
Balancing (1) [2]
(c) Moles of CO2 / moles of CO32– = 0.004 (1)
Mr of CO32– = 60 (1)
Mass of CO32– = 0.24 g (1) [3]

(d) (i) CuCO3.Cu(OH)2 + C 2Cu + 2CO2 + H2O
Balancing (1) [2]
(ii) ANY ONE FROM:

less energy used (in recycling than in extracting from the ore) (1)
reduces pollution / reduces waste / reduces trash / less of an eyesore / not an

eyesore / less landfill / no landfill (1)
(less mining) saves more land for other uses / (less mining) saves land for more
agriculture (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) Group of substances with a general formula / formulae vary by CH2 (1)
Have similar reactions / have similar chemical properties / have the same functional
group (1) [2]
(b) Propanoic acid (1) [1]
(c) CnH2n+1CO2H / CnH2n+1COOH (1) [1]
(d) Melting point does not have a trend but boiling point does / melting point increase and
decreases but boiling point only increases (1) [1]
(e) Ethyl butanoate (1)
H H H O H H
H C C C C O C C H
H H H H H
(1)
[2]
(f) (i) C15H31COOH ⇌ C15H31COO– + H+ (1)
Only partially dissociates / forms an equilibrium mixture / does not completely ionise
(1) [2]
(ii) C15H31COONa (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) (i) Reaction is faster because particles are moving faster / rate increases because
particles have more energy (1)
There are more successful collisions / more particles have energy above the
activation energy / more effective collisions / more fruitful collisions / more energetic
collisions more chance of successful collisions (1) [2]
(ii) Position of equilibrium shifts to the left (1)
Because the reaction is exothermic (1) [2]
(b) (i) Reaction is slower because the particles are further apart / rate decreases because
the particles are less crowded (1)
Fewer collisions per second / particles collide less often / lower collision frequency
(1) [2]
(ii) Position of equilibrium shifts to the left (1)
More moles on the reactant side / fewer moles on the product side (1) [2]
(c) 450 kJ (1) [1]
(d) Lowers the activation energy / gives (alternative) route with lower energy (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B10 (a) (i) Ag+ + e– Ag (1) [1]
(ii) Electrons are gained (1) [1]
(b) Temperature does not change the mass (1)
Mass is proportional to the time / doubling time doubles mass (1)
Mass is proportional to the current / doubling current doubles mass (1)
Concentration does not change the mass (1) [4]
(c) Ions cannot move in a solid / ions are in a fixed position in a solid (1)
Ions can move in a solution (1) [2]

(d) Ag+(aq) + Cl –(aq) AgCl(s)

Correct formulae and balancing (1)
[Total: 10]

* 4 1 7 8 9 7 1 3 5 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.
DC (SJF/SW) 58087/5
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
chlorine
hydrogen
iron
lithium
nickel
nitrogen
oxygen
potassium
silver
sulfur
vanadium
zinc
Each element can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which element
(a) is liberated at the anode when an aqueous solution of potassium sulfate is electrolysed,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is used as a catalyst in the manufacture of margarine,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) is a non-metallic solid, an atom of which contains only six valency electrons,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) is higher than sodium in the reactivity series,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is in Period 5 of the Periodic Table,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) forms a white oxide which is amphoteric?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13
3
A2 Carboxylic acids are a homologous series containing the –CO2H group. For
The table shows some properties of the first four carboxylic acids in the series. Examiner’s
Use
carboxylic acid molecular density boiling point

formula in g / cm3 in °C
methanoic acid CH2O2 1.220 101
C2H4O2 1.049 118
propanoic acid C3H6O2 0.993 141
butanoic acid C4H8O2 0.958 165
(a) (i) Describe how the density of these carboxylic acids varies with the number of
carbon atoms in the molecule.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name the carboxylic acid with the molecular formula C2H4O2.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Draw the structure of propanoic acid, showing all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(b) The next carboxylic acid in this homologous series is pentanoic acid.
Pentanoic acid has five carbon atoms.
(i) Deduce the molecular formula for pentanoic acid.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest a value for the boiling point of pentanoic acid.
............................................. °C [1]
(c) Butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H, reacts with sodium to form a salt and a gas.
(i) Name the gas.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Give the formula of the salt.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

4
(d) Esters are formed when carboxylic acids react with alcohols. For
The reaction is catalysed by hydrogen ions. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Describe and explain the effect of a catalyst on reaction rate.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one commercial use of esters.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) The structure of an ester is shown below.
O H H H
H C O C C C H
H H H
Name this ester.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

5
A3 Silicon is an element in Group IV of the Periodic Table. For

Examiner’s
(a) Give the electronic configuration for a silicon atom. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Silicon has three naturally occurring isotopes.
Complete the following table for two of these isotopes.
isotope 28Si 30Si
number of protons
number of electrons
number of neutrons
[3]
(c) Silicon reacts with chlorine on heating to form silicon(IV) chloride, SiCl4.
[1]
(d) Silicon(IV) chloride is a simple molecular compound.
(i) Suggest two physical properties of silicon(IV) chloride other than solubility.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for silicon(IV) chloride.

You only need to show the outer shell electrons for each atom.
[2]

6
(e) Silicon(IV) chloride reacts with water to form silicon(IV) oxide. For
Part of the structure of silicon(IV) oxide is shown below. Examiner’s
Use
Key
silicon atom
oxygen atom
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why silicon(IV) oxide has a very high melting
point.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

7
A4 The carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) State two processes which release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Use
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Name one process which removes carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas.
(i) What is the meaning of the term greenhouse gas?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name another greenhouse gas and give a natural source of this gas.
name ........................................................................................................................
source .................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Carbon dioxide dissolves in water to form a weakly acidic solution.
CO2(g) + H2O(l) HCO3–(aq) + H+(aq)
(i) What is the meaning of the term weak acid ?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe how you could measure the pH of this solution other than by using a pH
meter.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Sodium hydrogencarbonate, NaHCO3, decomposes on heating to form a carbonate,

water and a gas which turns limewater milky.
[2]
[Total: 11]
8
A5 A student reacts magnesium ribbon with excess hydrochloric acid. For

She follows the course of the reaction by measuring the volume of gas produced against Examiner’s
time. Use
(a) Write the equation for the reaction of magnesium with hydrochloric acid.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) (i) On the axes below draw a sketch graph to show how the volume of gas produced
during the reaction varies with time and label this line ‘A’.
Label the axes with the appropriate units.
[2]
(ii) The student then carries out the experiment at a lower temperature. All the other
conditions remain the same.
On the axes above draw another line to show how the volume of gas produced
varies with time and label this line ‘B’. [1]
(c) Magnesium reacts with carbon to form the compound magnesium carbide.
Calculate the percentage by mass of magnesium in magnesium carbide, MgC2.
[2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

9
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Aluminium is extracted from purified bauxite by electrolysis.
(a) Describe how this electrolysis is carried out and construct equations for the reactions
occurring at both the anode and cathode.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) What properties of aluminium make it useful for
(i) making aircraft, .........................................................................................................
(ii) making electricity cables. ...................................................................................... [2]
(c) Aluminium is high in the reactivity series.
(i) Explain why aluminium does not react with aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) When a few drops of aqueous sodium chloride are added to a mixture of aluminium
and aqueous copper(II) sulfate, a vigorous reaction occurs.
copper(II) sulfate + aluminium aluminium sulfate + copper
What type of reaction is this?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State the formula of aluminium sulfate.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
B7 Ethene is an unsaturated hydrocarbon. For

Examiner’s
(a) What is the meaning of each of these terms? Use
unsaturated ......................................................................................................................
hydrocarbon ................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Ethene can be manufactured by cracking.
(i) State the conditions used for cracking.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Construct an equation for the cracking of tetradecane, C14H30, to form ethene and
one other hydrocarbon.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Alkenes such as ethene can undergo addition polymerisation.
(i) State one use of poly(ethene).
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) The diagram below shows a section of a polymer chain.
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
CH CH2 CH CH2 CH CH2
Deduce the structure of the monomer which is used to make this polymer.
[1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

11
(d) Ethanol can be manufactured by the catalytic addition of steam to ethene. For
Examiner’s
C2H4 + H2O C2H5OH Use
If the reactants are not recycled, only 5% of the ethene is converted to ethanol.
Calculate the mass of ethanol formed from 0.4 tonnes of ethene when only 5% of the
ethene is converted to ethanol.
[1 tonne is 1 000 000 grams]
mass of ethanol ...................................... tonnes [3]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 When hydrogen iodide, HI, is heated in a closed tube, the following dynamic equilibrium is For
established. Examiner’s
Use
2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g) ΔH = + 9.6 kJ / mol
(a) What is meant by the term dynamic equilibrium?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) The table shows the concentrations of HI(g), H2(g) and I2(g) in the equilibrium mixture
at 25 °C and 450 °C.
substance concentration at 25 °C concentration at 450 °C

/ mol / dm3 / mol / dm3
HI(g) 0.94 0.79
H2(g) 0.033 0.11
I2(g) 0.033 0.11
(i) The tube has a volume of 50 cm3.
Calculate the mass of hydrogen iodide in the equilibrium mixture at 25 °C.
[2]
(ii) Describe and explain the differences in the concentrations of reactant and products
at 25 °C and 450 °C.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

13
(c) Complete the energy profile diagram for the decomposition of hydrogen iodide. For
On your diagram label Examiner’s
• the products, Use
• the enthalpy change of the reaction, ΔH.
energy
reactants
progress of reaction [2]
(d) An aqueous solution of hydrogen iodide contains iodide ions.
Describe a test for iodide ions.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 The compounds ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulfate are both fertilisers. For
Examiner’s
(a) Explain why farmers add these fertilisers to soils. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Ammonium sulfate can be prepared by adding sulfuric acid to aqueous ammonia.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Excess acidity in soils can be treated by adding calcium hydroxide.
(i) Give the formula of the ion present in calcium hydroxide which causes it to be
alkaline.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why adding calcium hydroxide causes loss of nitrogen from fertilisers such
as ammonium nitrate, which have been previously added to the soil.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) A student titrated 10.0 cm3 of aqueous calcium hydroxide with hydrochloric acid.
Ca(OH)2(aq) + 2HCl(aq) CaCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l)
It required 4.00 cm3 of 0.0100 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid to neutralise 10.0 cm3 of
aqueous calcium hydroxide.
Calculate the concentration of the calcium hydroxide.
................................... mol/ dm3 [3]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

15
(e) Describe how to obtain pure dry crystals of calcium chloride from an aqueous solution For
of calcium chloride. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2013
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
components.
A1 (a) oxygen / O2 (1) [1]
(b) nickel / Ni (1) [1]
(c) sulfur / S (1) [1]
(d) potassium / K (1) [1]
(e) silver / Ag (1) [1]
(f) zinc / Zn (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) (i) decreases as number of carbon atoms increases / increases as number of carbon
atoms decreases (1) [1]
(ii) ethanoic (acid) (1) [1]
(iii) correct formula for propanoic acid showing all atoms and all bonds (1)
H H O
ǀ ǀ ǁ
H–C–C–C–O–H
ǀ ǀ
H H [1]
(b) (i) C5H10O2 (1) [1]
(ii) any value between and including 180–195 °C (1) [1]
(c) (i) Hydrogen (1)

ALLOW: H2 [1]
(ii) C3H7CO2Na / C4H7O2Na / correct displayed or structural formula (1) [1]
(d) (i) speeds up reaction (rate) / reaction faster (1)
lowers activation energy/makes reaction go by different route using less energy /

lowers energy barrier (1) [2]
(ii) solvent / fragrance / perfume / food additive / flavourings / polyesters / terylene (1) [1]
(iii) propyl methanoate (1) [1]
[Total: 11]

A3 (a) 2,8,4 (1) [1]
(b)
28 30
isotope Si Si
number of protons 14 14 (1)
number of electrons 14 14 (1)
number of neutrons 14 16 (1)

[3]
(c) Si + 2Cl 2 → SiCl 4 (1) [1]
(d) (i) does not conduct electricity / does not conduct heat (1)
liquid (at room temperature) / low melting point / low boiling point (1) [2]
(ii) bonding pair between each of the 4 Si and Cl atoms (1)
rest of structure completely correct (1)
IGNORE: inner shell electrons [2]
(e) many (strong) bonds / many (covalent) bonds / lattice / giant structure / lattice of
covalent bonds (1)
a lot of energy needed to break the bonds / high temperature needed to break the
bonds / strong bonds (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A4 a (i) Any two of:

● respiration/fermentation (1)
● decay of organic matter / decomposition of organisms (1)
● combustion of carbon (compounds)/combustion of fossil fuel / combustion of
named fossil fuel (1)
● decomposition of carbonates/decomposition of limestone (1)
● from increasing temperature of the oceans / removal of (dissolved) carbon
dioxide from oceans (1)
● volcanoes (1) [2]
(ii) photosynthesis/absorbed by oceans/absorbed by seas (1) [1]
(b) (i) gas which absorbs infra-red (radiation) / gas which absorbs infra-red (light) (1)
ALLOW: gas which traps heat / gas which absorbs heat [1]

(ii) name: methane/other named greenhouse gas (1)

ALLOW: CFCs/nitrous oxide
(methane) from swamps / rice paddy fields / gas from waste from animal
digestion / termites / wetlands (1)
ALLOW: (for methane) bacterial action (unqualified) / fracking / animal
digestion (unqualified) / permafrost / glaciers / landfill
NOTE: 2nd mark for source is dependent on the correct gas [2]
(c) (i) (acid which is) incompletely ionised (in water) / (acid which is) partly dissociated /
(acid which is) incompletely dissociated (in water) (1) [1]
(ii) add universal / full range indicator (1)
compare the colour with (colour on) indicator colour chart (1) [2]
(d) 2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + CO2 + H2O

correct balance (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A5 (a) Mg + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) axes labelled correctly with appropriate units e.g. volume in cm3 on vertical axis and
time in seconds/s on horizontal axis (1)
graph rising steadily from near 0–0 point (although 0 does not have to be shown)
then either levelling off horizontally or rising with decreasing gradient but not yet
finished (1) [2]
(ii) initial gradient less steep from the start

AND
reaction finishing at same volume of gas as original or still below original level but
likely to finish at the same volume as line A (1) [1]
(c) molar mass of MgC2 = 48 (1)

24/48 = 50% (1)
1 mark for ecf from wrong molar mass of magnesium carbide [2]
[Total: 6]

B6 (a) 2 marks for the reactions at the anode and cathode:

anode reaction: 2O2– → O2 + 4e– / 2O2– – 4e– → O2 (1)
cathode reaction: Al 3+ + 3e– → Al / Al 3+ → Al – 3e– (1)
2 marks for the description:

mention of molten aluminium oxide + cryolite in correct context (1)
AND
Any one of:
● cryolite increases conductivity of aluminium oxide / cryolite helps in dissolving
electrolyte mixture (1)
● graphite electrode(s) / carbon electrode(s) (1)
● any temperature between and including 900–1200 °C quoted (1)
● at anode carbon + oxygen → carbon dioxide (in words or equation) (1) [4]
(b) (i) low density (1) [1]
(ii) (good) electrical conductor (1)

ACCEPT: has mobile electrons [1]
(c) (i) has an oxide layer (1)
oxide (layer) is unreactive / oxide (layer) ‘sticks’ strongly to the surface

(of the aluminium) / oxide is non-porous (1) [2]
(ii) displacement / redox (1) [1]
(iii) Al 2(SO4)3 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) (unsaturated): has (carbon-carbon) double bond (1)
(hydrocarbon): contains carbon and hydrogen only / has no other elements than
Carbon and hydrogen (1) [2]
(b) (i) high temperature / values between and including 400–500 °C (1)
catalyst/aluminium oxide / zeolites / silicon dioxide (1) [2]
(ii) C14H30 → C2H4 + C12H26 (1) [1]
(c) (i) cling film/ bottles / bags / packaging / sandwich bags / moisture barrier / damp-
proofing / toys / jugs / plates / dustbins / water pipes / screw closures / sacks / gas
pipes / bubble wrap / cable coverings / pond linings / ropes / nets / greenhouses /
paints / glues / waxes / (outdoor) furniture e.g. tables / chairs etc. (1) [1]
(ii) C2H5
ǀ / C2H5CH=CH2 (1)
CH=CH2 [1]

(d) 28 g ethene → 46 g ethanol (1)
0.4 tonnes gives 0.4 × 46/28 OR 0.657 / 0.66 (tonnes) (1)

ALLOW: ecf from incorrect molar masses
(0.657 × 5/100) = 0.03 / 0.033 / 0.0329 (tonnes) (1)

ALLOW: ecf from step 2 i.e. for x answer in step 2 by 5/100 [3]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) Idea of reactants being converted to products at the same time as products converted
to reactants / reaction is reversible (1)
reactants and products at constant concentrations / amounts of reactants and products
are constant(1)
OR
rate of forward reaction = rate of backward reaction = 2 marks [2]
(b) (i) mol HI = 0.94 x 50/1000 OR 0.047 mol (1)
mass HI = 0.047 x 128 = 6 / 6.0 / 6.02 / 6.016 (g) (1) [2]
(ii) At 25 °C higher concentration of reactant / lower concentration of products / At

450 °C lower concentration of reactant / higher concentration of products / decrease
in temperature shifts reaction to the left / increase in temperature shifts reaction to
right / concentration of reactant increases as temperature decreases / concentration
of products increases as temperature increases (1)
reaction is endothermic (1) [2]
(c) labelled products / H2 + I2 on right and above the reactants (1)
enthalpy change shown as upward pointing arrow with ∆H or ‘enthalpy change’ (1) [2]
(d) add (aqueous) silver nitrate / lead nitrate (1)
yellow precipitate (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) to increase plant growth / to improve plant growth / to grow better / to increase the crop
/ to increase the yield / to make more (plant) proteins / to make more amino acids /
speeds up growth (of crops) (1) [1]
(b) 2NH3 + H2SO4 → (NH4)2SO4 (1) [1]

(c) (i) OH– (1) [1]
(ii) ammonia is produced / NH3 produced (1)
ammonia lost to the air / ammonia is a gas (1) [2]
(d) mol HCl = 0.01 × 4/1000 OR 4 × 10–5 (1)
mol Ca(OH)2 = 2 × 10–5 / half answer to mol HCl (1)
concentration of Ca(OH)2 = (2 × 10–5 × 1000 / 10)

= 2 × 10–3 mol / dm3 (1) [3]
(e) heat solution to crystallisation point / leave in a warm place / partially evaporate solution (1)
filter (off crystals) / pick out crystals

AND
dry crystals with filter paper (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

* 2 3 2 5 3 8 8 8 4 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B


DC (SJF/SW) 58088/4
2
Section A For
Examiner’s
calcium oxide
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
copper(II) sulfate
ethanol
ethene
iron(II) chloride
iron(III) chloride
nitrogen dioxide
silver chloride
silver iodide
sulfur dioxide
Which compound is
(a) a solid, which when dissolved in water, gives a green precipitate with aqueous
ammonia,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) a colourless gas which is formed when limestone is heated strongly,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) a gas which is formed in the atmosphere by lightning activity,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) a basic oxide,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) formed when ethane undergoes complete combustion,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) a white salt which is insoluble in water?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

3
A2 Alkenes are a homologous series of unsaturated hydrocarbons. For

Examiner’s
(a) Give the general formula of alkenes. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) In addition to having a general formula, state two other characteristics of a homologous
series.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Alkenes can be made by cracking alkanes.
(i) Give one condition required for cracking.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Tetradecane, C14H30, can be cracked to form an alkene containing eight carbon
atoms and an alkane.
[1]
(d) Ethene reacts with bromine to form 1,2-dibromoethane, CH2BrCH2Br.
Name this type of reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Ethene reacts with hydrogen chloride to form the covalent compound chloroethane,
CH3CH2Cl.
Suggest two physical properties of chloroethane.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................... [2]
(f) Halogenoalkanes such as CCl2F2 are responsible for the depletion of ozone in the
upper atmosphere.
Describe the importance of the ozone layer in the upper atmosphere.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
4
A3 Calcium, proton number 20, is an element in Group II of the Periodic Table. For
Examiner’s
(a) Give the electronic configuration for calcium. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Calcium has six naturally-occurring isotopes.
(i) State the meaning of the term isotopes.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Complete the following table to show the number of sub-atomic particles in two of
these isotopes.
isotope number of number of number of

protons electrons neutrons
42Ca
48Ca
[3]
(c) Calcium chloride can be formed by reacting calcium carbonate with dilute hydrochloric
acid.
(i) Construct an equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Write both the formula and the electronic configuration for the ions present in
calcium chloride.
[2]
(d) (i) Name the products formed at the anode and cathode when molten calcium chloride
is electrolysed.
anode .......................................................................................................................
cathode ................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Predict the product formed at the cathode when a dilute aqueous solution of
calcium chloride is electrolysed.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why solid calcium chloride does not conduct electricity.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13
5
A4 Nitrogen and oxygen are present in dry air. For

Examiner’s
(a) What is the percentage composition by volume of each of these gases in dry air? Use
nitrogen ............................................................................................................................
oxygen ......................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) What method is used to separate these gases from each other?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) In a petrol engine, nitrogen and oxygen combine to form oxides of nitrogen such as
nitrogen dioxide, NO2.
State one harmful effect that nitrogen dioxide has on the environment.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) One of the hydrocarbons in petrol is octane, C8H18.

In a petrol engine, some of the octane reacts to form carbon monoxide and water.
[2]
(e) Catalytic converters are used to remove carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide from the
exhaust gases of petrol engines.
A catalyst containing rhodium and platinum or palladium is present in a catalytic
converter.
What is the function of a catalyst?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

6
(f) In a catalytic converter, carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide undergo redox reactions. For
These reactions reduce the amount of carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide in car Examiner’s
exhausts. Use
(i) What is meant by the term redox reaction?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how the redox reactions in the catalytic converter decrease the amounts of
carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide in car exhausts.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
A5 Hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, is a colourless liquid.
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of oxygen in hydrogen peroxide.
..............................................% [2]
(b) The enzyme catalase is present in yeast. The enzyme catalyses the decomposition of
aqueous hydrogen peroxide.
2H2O2(aq) 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
The apparatus below is used to monitor this reaction.
water
yeast
+ hydrogen water
peroxide solution
What measurements should be taken in order to monitor the rate of this reaction?
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

7
(c) Describe and explain the effect of increasing the concentration of hydrogen peroxide on For
the rate of this reaction. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(d) The graph below shows how the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, catalysed
by yeast, varies with temperature. All other conditions are kept constant.
rate of
reaction
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
temperature / °C
Suggest why the rate of reaction decreases rapidly from 45 °C to 60 °C.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 8]

8
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Iron is extracted from its ore (haematite, Fe2O3) in a blast furnace.

Coke (carbon) and limestone (calcium carbonate) are also added to the furnace.
(a) Describe the essential reactions taking place in the blast furnace.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) Steel is an alloy made by the addition of carbon or metals to iron.

Use the diagrams below to explain why an alloy of iron and manganese is less malleable
than pure iron.
Key
iron atoms
manganese atoms
iron alloy of iron and manganese
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

9
(c) Iron reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form iron(II) chloride. For
Examiner’s
Fe(s) + 2HCl (aq) FeCl2(aq) + H2(g) Use
A student added 2.1 g of iron to 50 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of iron present.
........................................... mol [1]
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrochloric acid present.
........................................... mol [1]
(iii) Calculate the volume of hydrogen formed in this reaction, measured at room
temperature and pressure.
...........................................cm3 [2]
[Total: 10]

10
B7 (a) A compound of carbon, hydrogen and chlorine contains 0.48 g of carbon, 0.08 g of For
hydrogen and 1.42 g of chlorine. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Deduce the empirical formula of this compound.
[2]
(ii) The relative molecular mass of this compound is 99.
Deduce the molecular formula of this compound.
[1]
(b) Chloroethene is another compound containing carbon, hydrogen and chlorine.

The structure of chloroethene is shown below.
H Cl
C C
H H
Draw a section of the polymer formed when chloroethene undergoes polymerisation to

form poly(chloroethene).
[2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

11
(c) Poly(chloroethene) is an addition polymer but nylon is a condensation polymer. For

Examiner’s
Describe the difference between an addition polymer and a condensation polymer in Use
terms of how they are formed from their monomers.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Chloroethene is made by reacting ethene with hydrogen chloride and oxygen in the
presence of a catalyst of copper(II) chloride, CuCl2. The other product of the reaction is
water.
(i) Construct an equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Copper(II) chloride is made by heating copper(II) oxide, CuO, with hydrochloric
acid.
[1]
(iii) Copper is a transition element.
State two physical properties of copper which are different from those of a typical
Group I element such as sodium.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Zinc sulfide is a compound that can be made by heating zinc powder with sulfur powder. For
Examiner’s
(a) Describe two differences between a mixture of zinc and sulfur and a compound of zinc Use
and sulfur.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) The reaction between zinc and sulfur is exothermic.
Complete the energy profile diagram for this reaction.

On your diagram label
the product,
the enthalpy change for the reaction, ΔH.
energy zinc + sulfur
[2]
(c) Part of the structure of zinc sulfide is shown below.
Key
Zn ions
S ions
Deduce the empirical formula of zinc sulfide from this structure.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

13
(d) Zinc sulfide reacts with hydrochloric acid to form hydrogen sulfide. For
An aqueous solution of hydrogen sulfide behaves as a weak acid. Examiner’s
Use
Describe what is meant by the term weak acid.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Zinc sulfate can be made by reacting zinc with dilute sulfuric acid.
Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq) ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)
[1]
(ii) Describe how you would prepare crystals of pure, dry zinc sulfate using this
reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Ethanoic acid reacts with sodium hydroxide to form water and a salt. For
Examiner’s
(a) Give the formula of the salt. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The reaction between ethanoic acid and sodium hydroxide is described as a
neutralisation reaction.
Write the simplest ionic equation for this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Ethanoic acid reacts with methanol to form an ester and water.
CH3CO2H + CH3OH CH3CO2CH3 + H2O
The reaction is endothermic.
(i) Describe what happens to the position of this equilibrium when the concentration of
methanol is increased. Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe what happens to the position of this equilibrium when the temperature of
the reaction mixture is decreased. Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) The structure of the ester methyl benzoate is shown below.
O O C H
C
H
H C H
C C
C C
H C H
Deduce the molecular formula for methyl benzoate.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

15
(e) Sodium hydroxide is an alkali. For

Examiner’s
Give the formula of the ion present in sodium hydroxide which causes it to be alkaline. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) A student titrated a metal hydroxide with 0.200 mol/dm3 hydrochloric acid.
It required 12.5 cm3 of hydrochloric acid to neutralise 25.0 cm3 of 0.0500 mol / dm3 metal
hydroxide solution.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrochloric acid used.
........................................... mol [1]
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of metal hydroxide present.
........................................... mol [1]
(iii) Construct an equation for this reaction.

Use the letter M to represent the metal in the metal hydroxide solution.
[1]
(g) Name a metal hydroxide which can be used to treat excess acidity in soils.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2013
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
components.
A1 (a) iron(II) chloride (1) [1]
(b) carbon dioxide (1) [1]
(c) nitrogen dioxide (1) [1]
(d) calcium oxide (1) [1]
(e) carbon dioxide (1) [1]
(f) silver chloride (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) CnH2n (1) [1]
(b) ANY TWO FROM:

have same functional group (1)
physical properties change gradually (down the series) (1)
have similar chemical properties (1)
chain increases by CH2 for each successive member (1) [2]
(c) (i) ANY ONE FROM:

catalyst/aluminium oxide/zeolites/silicon dioxide (1)
high temperature/values between and including 400–500 °C (1) [1]
(ii) C14H30 C8H16 + C6H14 (1) [1]
(d) addition (1) [1]

(e) ANY TWO FROM:

does not conduct electricity/does not conduct heat (1)
it is a gas/low melting point/low boiling point (1)
insoluble in water/soluble in organic solvents (1) [2]
(f) absorbs ultra violet/UV light (1)
(too much) UV light harmful/(too much) UV causes skin cancer (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
A3 (a) 2, 8, 8, 2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) atoms of same element with different number of neutrons (1) [1]
(ii)
isotope number of number of number of
42
Ca 20 20 22
48
Ca 20 20 28
proton column (1)
electrons column (1)
neutrons column (1) [3]
(c) (i) CaCO3 + 2HCl CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) calcium ion = 2, 8, 8 and charge is + 2 (1)
chloride ion = 2, 8, 8 and charge is –1 (1) [2]
(d) (i) anode: chlorine

AND
cathode: calcium (1) [1]
(ii) hydrogen (1) [1]
(iii) ions cannot move/no free ions (1) [1]
[Total: 11]

A4 (a) nitrogen; 78 to 79% (1)

oxygen; 20 to 21% (1) [2]
(b) fractional distillation (1) [1]
(c) ANY ONE FROM:

acid rain/effect of acid rain e.g. chemical weathering of carbonate rocks/buildings/
killing aquatic life (1)
smog (1)
(worsens) asthma/breathing difficulties (1)
depletion of ozone layer (1) [1]
(d) C8H18 + 8½O2 → 8CO + 9H2O
correct reactants and products (1)
balancing – dependent on correct formulae (1) [2]
(e) speeds up chemical reaction/lowers activation energy (1) [1]
(f) (i) reaction in which oxidation and reduction occur at the same time (1)
(ii) carbon monoxide oxidised to carbon dioxide (1)
nitrogen dioxide reduced to nitrogen (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) Mr of H2O2 as 34 (1)
 32 
 ×100 =  94% (1) [2]
 34 
(b) measure volume of gas or oxygen (1)
at various times (1) [2]
(c) rate of reaction increases/reaction is faster (1)
particles of H2O2 closer together/more particles per unit volume/more crowded particles (1)
greater frequency of collisions (1) [3]

(d) yeast dies (at higher temperatures)/enzymes denatured (1) [1]
[Total: 8]
B6 (a) (i) ANY FOUR FROM:

carbon converted to carbon dioxide (from air blast) (1)
carbon monoxide formed from reaction of carbon with carbon dioxide (1)
carbon monoxide converts iron oxide, iron ore or haematite to iron (1)
(in hotter parts of furnace) carbon converts iron oxide, iron ore or haematite to iron (1)
idea of reduction of iron oxide (1)
calcium carbonate/limestone decomposes to calcium oxide (1)
calcium oxide reacts with silicon dioxide/sand to form slag (1)
balanced equation for iron oxide reduction (1) [4]
(b) in ‘pure’ iron the layers can slide (when force applied) (1)
in alloy the (larger) Mn atoms stop the layers from sliding (1) [2]
(c) (i) 0.0375 / 0.038 mol (1) [1]
(ii) 0.005 / 5 × 10–3 mol (1) [1]
(iii) mol H2 = 5 x 10–3/2 = 2.5 x 10–3 mol (1)
60 (cm3) / 0.06 dm3 (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) (i) (C = 0.48/12 H = 0.08/1 Cl = 1.42/35.5)

C = 0.04 H = 0.08 Cl = 0.04 (1)
CH2Cl (1) [2]
(ii) C2H4Cl2 (1) [1]
(b) two or more units shown polymerised with single bonds only/single unit with single bonds
only and brackets (1)
extension bonds shown (1) [2]

(c) ANY ONE FROM:

in condensation polymer a small molecule is released (on polymerisation) whereas in
addition polymer no other substance is formed (1)
addition polymers formed by double bonds breaking (when monomers combine) whereas
condensation polymers formed by reaction of (specific groups) in each monomer (1) [1]
(d) (i) C2H4 + HCl + ½ O2 → C2H3Cl + H2O / 2C2H4 + 2HCl + O2 → 2C2H3Cl + 2H2O (1) [1]
(ii) CuO + 2HCl → CuCl2 + H2O (1) [1]
(iii) ANY TWO FROM:

high melting point/high boiling point (1)
high density (1)
hard (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) ANY TWO FROM

mixture has no fixed composition but compound has fixed composition (1)
(components of) mixture can be separated (by physical means) but compound cannot (1)
when mixture formed no heat change/energy change but when compound formed there is
an energy change (1)
the properties of a compound are different from those of the reactants (1) [2]
(b) zinc sulfide/labelled products on right and below the reactants (1)
labelled enthalpy change shown correctly with downward pointing arrow (1) [2]
(c) ZnS (1) [1]
(d) (acid which is) incompletely ionised (in water)/(acid which is) partially ionised (in water)/
(acid which is) incompletely dissociated (in water) (1) [1]

(e) (i) Zn + 2H+ → Zn2+ + H2 (1) [1]
(ii) ANY THREE FROM

add excess Zn to sulfuric acid (1)
filter (off excess zinc) (1)
heat filtrate to crystallisation point/partially evaporate filtrate (1)
filter off crystals or pick out crystals and dry on filter paper (1) [3]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) CH3CO2Na (1) [1]
(b) H+ + OH– → H2O (1) [1]
(c) (i) goes to the right + reason (1)

e.g. reaction goes in direction to oppose direction of change/reaction goes in direction
to reduce concentration of methanol [1]
(ii) goes to the left + reason (1)

e.g. for endothermic reaction decrease in temperature shifts reaction to the left
ORA/reaction goes in direction so as to oppose the decrease in temperature [1]
(d) C8H8O2 (1) [1]
(e) OH– (1) [1]
(f) (i) 0.0025 / 2.5 × 10-3 mol (1) [1]
(ii) 0.00125 / 1.25 × 10-3 mol (1) [1]
(iii) M(OH)2 + 2HCl → MCl2 + H2O (1) [1]
(g) calcium (hydroxide) (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 1 0 9 2 5 9 9 0 7 1 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
Section A
Section B

DC (CW/SW) 71959/4
2
Section A
Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided.
A1 Choose from the following gases to answer the questions below.
CCl F3
CH4
CO
CO2
H2
N2
NH3
O2
SO2
Each gas can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which gas is
(a) used in making steel,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) made by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) responsible for ozone depletion in the upper atmosphere,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) used to manufacture margarine?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

3
A2 Farmers use chemicals to improve crop yield.
Ammonium phosphate, (NH4)3PO4, is used as a fertiliser and calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2, is used
to reduce the acidity of soils.
The relative formula mass of ammonium phosphate is 149.
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium phosphate.
percentage = ..................................................... % [1]
(b) A farmer adds ammonium phosphate to a field.
He then adds calcium hydroxide to the field because the soil is very acidic.
(i) Calcium hydroxide neutralises the acid in the soil.
Give the ionic equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) The calcium hydroxide reduces the effectiveness of the ammonium phosphate fertiliser
because it reduces the nitrogen content.
Explain why adding calcium hydroxide reduces the nitrogen content.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
(c) A sample of ammonium phosphate can be produced by the reaction of aqueous ammonia
and phosphoric acid.
3NH3(aq) + H3PO4(aq) (NH4)3PO4(aq)
25.0 cm3 of 1.25 mol / dm3 phosphoric acid is neutralised by 45.3 cm3 of aqueous ammonia.
(i) Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the ammonia used.
concentration of ammonia = .......................................... mol / dm3 [3]
(ii) Show, by calculation, that 4.66 g of ammonium phosphate would be produced. Assume
that the yield is 100%.
[Mr: (NH4)3PO4, 149]
[1]
(iii) In practice, the actual mass of ammonium phosphate produced is 2.93 g.
Calculate the percentage yield of ammonium phosphate.
percentage yield = ..................................................... % [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

5
A3 Proteins, carbohydrates and fats are natural macromolecules.
The partial structure of a protein is shown below.
H H H H
C N C N C N C N
O O O O
(a) Name the linkage that joins the monomer units in a protein.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Name a synthetic polymer that has the same linkage as a protein.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Proteins are hydrolysed to give a mixture of colourless amino acids.
identify the amino acids present in a mixture of amino acids.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

6
(d) Carbohydrates can be hydrolysed.
Name the class of compound formed when carbohydrates are hydrolysed.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) The diagram shows the structure of a simple fat.
H O
H C O C C15H27
H C O C C15H27
O
H C O C C15H27
(i) This fat is polyunsaturated.
What is the meaning of the term polyunsaturated ?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe a chemical test to show that the fat is unsaturated.
name of reagent ................................................................................................................
result of test ...................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Name a synthetic macromolecule that contains the same linkage as fats.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 12]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

7
A4 Only liquids that contain moving ions can be electrolysed. These liquids are called electrolytes.
(a) Complete the following table which shows the products formed when some liquids are
electrolysed using inert graphite electrodes.
product formed product formed

ions present in
electrolyte at the positive at the negative
electrolyte
electrode electrode
aqueous copper(II) Cu2+, H+, OH–
sulfate and SO42– ................................ ................................
concentrated aqueous H+, Na+, Cl –
chlorine hydrogen
sodium chloride and OH–
molten lead(II) bromide Pb2+ and Br– ................................ ................................

[3]
(b) When concentrated aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed, chlorine is formed at the positive
electrode (anode) and hydrogen at the negative electrode (cathode).
(i) Construct the ionic equation to show the formation of chlorine at the positive electrode.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why hydrogen is formed at the negative electrode rather than sodium.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Name a metal manufactured by the electrolysis of a molten ionic compound.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]

8
A5 Haematite, limestone and coke are heated together in a blast furnace in the manufacture of iron.
(a) State why each of the following compounds are needed in a blast furnace.
haematite ..................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
limestone ..................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
coke ..........................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Iron has a high melting point because it has strong metallic bonding.
Describe, using a labelled diagram, metallic bonding.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) When iron is made into the alloy steel, the properties of iron are changed.
High carbon steels are stronger than iron but are brittle.
State a property of low carbon steels.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) When magnesium powder is added to aqueous iron(II) sulfate, the following reaction occurs.
Mg(s) + Fe2+(aq) Mg2+(aq) + Fe(s)
(i) Explain, using electron transfer, why iron(II) ions are reduced in this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What would you observe in this reaction?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14
9
A6 The flow chart shows the reactions of metal A and some of its compounds.
metal A
HCl(aq)
green solution of B gas C
Cl2(g)
excess NaOH(aq)
green precipitate D yellow solution of E
excess NaOH(aq)
red-brown precipitate F
Identify, by name, each of the substances.
A ....................................................................
B ....................................................................
C ....................................................................
D ....................................................................
E ....................................................................
F ....................................................................
[Total: 6]

10
Section B
Answer three questions from this section in the spaces provided.
B7 Alkanes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) There are two alkanes with the molecular formula C4H10.
Draw the structures, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of these two alkanes.
[2]
(b) One of the alkanes with the molecular formula C4H10 is butane.
Butane is used as a fuel.
(i) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of butane.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe one problem associated with the incomplete combustion of butane.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Butane reacts with chlorine in the presence of ultraviolet radiation.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

11
(d) Nonane, C9H20, is heated strongly in the presence of a catalyst. Two products are made: an
alkane, G, and an alkene, H.
(i) Name this type of reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Alkane G contains 84% carbon by mass.
Calculate the molecular formula for G.
molecular formula .......................................................... [3]
(iii) Suggest a molecular formula for H.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Butan-1-ol, CH3CH2CH2CH2OH, and ethanol, CH3CH2OH, are both alcohols.
Alcohols, such as ethanol, react with sodium to form hydrogen.
2CH3CH2OH + 2Na 2CH3CH2ONa + H2
(a) Construct the equation to show the reaction of butan-1-ol with potassium.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Describe the chemical test for hydrogen.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) A sample containing 0.233 g of an unknown Group I element is added to excess ethanol. The
volume of hydrogen gas formed at room temperature and pressure is 400 cm3.
Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of the Group I element and suggest the identity of the
element.
relative atomic mass = ..............................
identity of the element = .......................................................................................................[4]
(d) Ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid to make an organic compound.
Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of this organic compound.
[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

13
(e) Describe the manufacture of ethanol starting from glucose. Include an equation and the
conditions needed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 When iron is heated with steam in a sealed container, an equilibrium mixture is obtained.
3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) 4H2(g) + Fe3O4(s) ΔH = +35 kJ / mol
(a) The forward reaction is endothermic. What is the meaning of the term endothermic?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Describe and explain what happens to the rate of the forward reaction when the temperature
is increased. The pressure remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe and explain what happens, if anything, to the position of equilibrium when the
pressure is increased. The temperature remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Calculate the mass of Fe3O4 formed when 2.80 g of iron completely reacts with excess steam.
mass of Fe3O4 = ....................................................... g [3]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

15
(e) At room temperature iron will rust in moist air.
Describe and explain how galvanising iron prevents rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Astatine, At, is an element in Group VII of the Periodic Table.
The table shows some information about two isotopes of astatine.
symbol number of number of number of

210
85
At ...................... ...................... ......................
211
85
At ...................... ...................... ......................
(a) (i) Complete the table. [2]
(ii) What is meant by the term isotopes?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Astatine forms a diatomic molecule with the same type of bonding as in a chlorine molecule.
Draw the ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for an astatine molecule.
[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

17
(c) Astatine reacts with magnesium to form magnesium astatide, MgAt2, which contains Mg2+
and At– ions.
(i) Describe how a magnesium ion and an astatide ion are formed from a magnesium atom
and an astatine atom.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Predict two physical properties of magnesium astatide.
1. ........................................................................................................................................
2. ....................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) (i) Bromine reacts with aqueous magnesium astatide. Construct the ionic equation for this
reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why astatine does not react with aqueous magnesium iodide.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/M/J/14

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2014
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/M/J/14
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
A1 ALLOW: name but correct chemical formulae take precedence
(a) O2 (1) [1]
(b) CH4 (1) [1]
(c) CCl F3 (1) [1]
(d) H2 (1) [1]
[Total: 4]
A2 (a) 28.2 (1) ALLOW: 28 [1]
(b) (i) OH– + H+ → H2O (1) IGNORE: state symbols [1]
(ii) Ammonia formed (1)
(Ammonia) is a gas / (ammonia) escapes into air / (ammonia) escapes from

soil (1)
NOTE: 2nd marking point dependent on 1st marking point being correct. [2]
25
(c) (i) Mol of H3PO4 = 1.25 × = 0.03125 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
1000
Moles of ammonia = 0.03125 × 3 = 0.09375 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
ALLOW: answer from 1st marking point × 3
Concentration of ammonia = 2.07 (1)

answer from second marking point
ALLOW: with correctly evaluated answer [3]
0.0453
(ii) Mass = 0.03125 × 149 (1)

NOTE: Mark for the working out, not the answer. [1]
(iii) 62.9 (1) [1]
[Total: 9]

A3 (a) Amide / peptide (1) [1]
(b) Nylon / Kevlar (1)

ALLOW: polyamide [1]
(c) Chromatography paper dipped into the solvent (1)

ALLOW: chromatography paper just touching solvent (there should be no space
between the solvent and the bottom of the paper)
Spot of mixture on paper above the level of the solvent labelled appropriately e.g.
mixture / amino acid / amino acids / spot of amino acid / drop from sample (1)
Use of a locating agent to view the spots / amino acids / use of ninhydrin to view
spots / amino acids (1)
NOTE: this must be after the chromatography
Comparing Rf values with known amino acids / compare with height of spots from
known amino acids run at the same time (1) [4]
(d) (simple) sugars / monosaccharides (1) [1]
(e) (i) Has many C=C bonds / has many carbon-carbon double bonds (2)
If two marks not scored, award 1 mark for has C=C double bond. [2]
(ii) Bromine / bromine water (1)

Decolourised / goes colourless (1)
IGNORE: goes clear / discoloured / fades
NOTE: second mark dependent on correct reagent [2]
(iii) Polyester / Terylene / other named polyester (1) [1]
[Total: 12]

A4 (a) oxygen copper

bromine lead
All four correct (3)

Three correct (2)
Two correct (1)
ALLOW: correct formulae [3]
(b) (i) 2Cl – → Cl2 + 2e– (1)

ALLOW: e for e– [1]
(ii) Hydrogen is low(er) down in the reactivity series (or reverse) / hydrogen is
less reactive (than sodium) (or reverse) (1) [1]
(c) Aluminium / calcium / sodium / potassium / lithium / barium / magnesium (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A5 (a) Haematite – is iron ore / contains the iron / is reduced to form iron (1)
Limestone – (decomposes to) form calcium oxide which removes impurities (1)
ALLOW: lime (in place of calcium oxide)
Coke – forms carbon monoxide / reduces the iron ore (1) [3]
(b) Positive ions in regular layers (1)

NOTE: 2 layers of ions is the minimum required in a diagram.
Electrons shown interspersed between the particles drawn (1)
NOTE: Marks can be scored from correct description in writing or from a labelled
diagram. [2]
(c) Softer / more malleable / more ductile (1) [1]
(d) (i) Iron(II) ions gain electrons / iron ions gain electrons / it gains electrons (1) [1]
(ii) Green solution becomes paler / green solution fades / green solution
becomes colourless / magnesium becomes coated with a dark solid (1) [1]
[Total: 8]

A6 A iron (1)
B iron(II) chloride (1)
C hydrogen (1)
D iron(II) hydroxide (1)
E iron(III) chloride (1)
F iron(III) hydroxide (1) [6]
[Total: 6]
B7 (a)
H H H H
H C C C C H (1)
H H H H
H
H H H
H C C C H (1)
H C H
H H H
[2]
(b) (i) 2C4H10 + 13O2 → 8CO2 + 10H2O (1)

ALLOW: correct multiples / fractions
IGNORE: state symbols [1]
(ii) Produces carbon monoxide / produces poisonous gas / produces toxic gas /
produces lots of soot (1) [1]
(c) C4H10 + Cl2 → C4H9Cl + HCl (1)

ALLOW: correct equation with further substitution of H by Cl [1]
(d) (i) Cracking (1) [1]
(ii) (% H is) 16 (%) (1)
84 16
Moles C: Moles H: or mole ratio 7:16 (1)
12 1
Molecular formula is C7H16 (1) [3]

(iii) C2H4 (1)

ALLOW: appropriate formula based on incorrect answer to (c)(ii) [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) 2CH3CH2CH2CH2OH + 2K → 2CH3CH2CH2CH2OK + H2 (1)

ALLOW: any correct multiple / fraction
(b) Pops with lighted splint / (small) explosion with lighted splint (1) [1]
400
(c) Moles of hydrogen = = 0.01667 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
24 000
Moles of alkali metal = 0.01667 × 2 = 0.03334 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
Ar = 7 (1)
Lithium / Li (1)
ALLOW: appropriate answer based on incorrect Ar in step 3 [4]
(d)
H O H H
H C C O C C H
H H H
(1)
[1]
(e) C6H12O6 → 2CO2 + 2C2H5OH (1)

Any two (1 mark each) from
• Yeast
• Warm / quoted temperature of 20–45 °C
• Absence of air / absence of oxygen / anaerobic
• pH neutral / pH near neutral
• Distil to get final product [3]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) heat taken in / heat absorbed / heat energy taken in / heat energy absorbed (1) [1]
(b) Reaction rate increases
Particles have more energy / particles moving faster / particles have more
(kinetic) energy (1)
More particles have energy above activation energy / more effective collisions /
more successful collisions / more energetic collisions / more fruitful collisions (1) [2]
(c) Position of equilibrium does not change (1)

Same number moles of gas on both sides / same number of gas molecules on
both sides / same volume of gas on both sides (1) [2]
2.80
(d) Moles of iron = = 0.05 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
56
0.05
Moles of Fe3O4 = = 0.01667 (1) ( mark for working or correct answer)
3
Mass of Fe3O4 = (0.01667 × 232) = 3.87 g (1)
OR
168 g of Fe makes 232 g of Fe3O4 (1)

ALLOW: Mr = 232
2.8 g of Fe makes 232/168 × 2.8 (1)
Mass = 3.867 (1) [3]
(e) NOTE: must be reference to zinc somewhere in the answer. If not max 1 mark.
Zinc coating / barrier / layer / covering (1)
Stops water getting to iron / stops oxygen getting to iron (1)
OR
Zinc is more reactive / zinc is above iron in the reactivity series / zinc more likely
to be oxidised (1)
Zinc reacts in preference to iron (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

B10 (a) (i)

210 (1)
85 At 85 85 125
211 (1)
85 At 85 85 126
[2]
(ii) Atoms with same atomic number and different mass number / atoms with
same number of protons and different number of neutrons / atoms with same
atomic number and different nucleon number / atoms of the same element
with different numbers of neutrons / nucleons (1) [1]
(b) Correct ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram (1)

IGNORE: inner shell electrons
ALLOW: electrons to be all dots or all crosses [1]
(c) (i) Magnesium loses electrons and astatine gains electrons / magnesium
transfers electrons to astatine (1)
Correct numbers lost / gained: 2 electrons (lost from magnesium) 1 electron

gained (by astatine) (1) [2]
(ii) Any two (1 mark each) from:

• High melting point / high boiling point
• Does not conduct electricity as a solid
• Conducts electricity when molten / conducts electricity in solution
• ALLOW: Soluble in water [2]
(d) (i) Br2 + 2At– → 2Br– + At2 (1)

ALLOW: correct multiples / fractions
(ii) Astatine is less reactive (than iodine) (or reverse) / iodide ions are more
difficult to oxidise (than astatide ions) (or reverse) (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

* 8 6 5 5 2 2 1 2 2 2 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (NF/SW) 71957/4
2
Section A
A1 Choose from the following equations to answer the questions below.
A Ag+(aq) + I−(aq) AgI(s)

B Ba2+(aq) + SO4 2−(aq) BaSO4(s)
C CO32−(aq) + 2H+(aq) CO2(g) + H2O(l)
D Cu(s) Cu2+(aq) + 2e−
E Cu2+(aq) + 2e− Cu(s)
F Cu2+(aq) + 2OH−(aq) Cu(OH)2(s)
G Fe(s) + 2H+(aq) Fe2+(aq) + H2(g)
H H+(aq) + OH−(aq) H2O(l)
I 2I−(aq) + Br2(aq) I2(aq) + 2Br −(aq)
J NH4+(aq) + OH−(aq) H2O(l) + NH3(g)
K 4OH−(aq) O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e−
Each equation can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give the letter of an equation which
(a) shows the formation of gas that turns moist red litmus blue,
.............................................................. [1]
(b) shows a reaction that forms a white precipitate,
.............................................................. [1]
(c) shows only reduction,
.............................................................. [1]
(d) shows the neutralisation of dilute hydrochloric acid by aqueous sodium hydroxide,
.............................................................. [1]
(e) shows the reaction at an inert positive electrode when copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed.
.............................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

3
A2 A power station burns methane, CH4, which is contaminated by hydrogen sulfide, H2S.
The equation shows the combustion of methane.
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
The combustion of the hydrogen sulfide forms water and sulfur dioxide.
(a) Construct the equation to show the combustion of hydrogen sulfide.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Explain why the burning of the contaminated methane at the power station causes atmospheric
problems.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) A 1000 dm3 sample of the contaminated methane gas burnt at the power station produces
999 dm3 of carbon dioxide and 1 dm3 of sulfur dioxide. All gas volumes are measured at room
(i) What is the volume of methane, at room temperature and pressure, in the 1000 dm3 of
the gas burnt?
volume of methane = ................................................... dm3 [1]
(ii) What is the volume of hydrogen sulfide, at room temperature and pressure, in the
1000 dm3 of the gas burnt?
volume of hydrogen sulfide = ................................................... dm3 [1]
(iii) Calculate the percentage, by volume, of hydrogen sulfide in the contaminated methane.
You must show your working.
percentage = .......................................................% [2]

4
(d) The volume of a gas changes if the pressure is increased or the temperature is increased.
(i) Describe and explain qualitatively the effect of increasing the pressure on the volume of
a gas if the temperature remains constant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Describe and explain qualitatively the effect of increasing the temperature on the volume
of a gas if the pressure remains constant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

5
A3 Zinc carbonate thermally decomposes to form zinc oxide and carbon dioxide.
ZnCO3(s) ZnO(s) + CO2(g)
In an experiment, a sample of zinc carbonate is heated in a test-tube using a Bunsen burner.
The total volume of carbon dioxide formed is measured every 10 seconds.
The results are plotted on the graph below.
volume of
carbon
dioxide
/ cm3
0
0 time / s
(a) Suggest why the volume of carbon dioxide does not increase by very much when the zinc
carbonate is first heated.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) How is the graph used to find out when the decomposition has finished?
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) The same mass of zinc carbonate is heated using a hotter Bunsen flame.
On the axes above, draw the graph you would expect from the results of this experiment.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

6
(d) The experiment is repeated with different metal carbonates.
The Bunsen burner flame is not altered and the same number of moles of metal carbonate is
used for each experiment.
The table shows the time taken for complete decomposition.
metal carbonate time for decomposition to finish / s
CaCO3 360
FeCO3 60
ZnCO3 70
Predict and explain the time it would take magnesium carbonate and lead carbonate to
decompose.
magnesium carbonate ........................... s
lead carbonate ............................. s
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

7
A4 Aluminium is manufactured by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in molten cryolite.
(a) Give the equations for the reactions that occur at the electrodes during this electrolysis.
positive electrode ......................................................................................................................
negative electrode ............................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Aluminium is a useful metal as it does not corrode in moist air.
Explain why aluminium does not corrode in moist air.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Underground iron pipes rust easily. This can be prevented by attaching a piece of magnesium
to the pipe.
Explain this form of rust prevention.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Aluminium sulfate is a soluble salt.
Describe how a sample of aluminium sulfate crystals can be prepared from aluminium oxide.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 10]

8
A5 Ethene has the formula C2H4.
(a) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in a molecule of ethene. Draw only the
outer shell electrons.
[2]
(b) Describe the manufacture of pure ethanol starting from ethene. Include an equation and the
conditions needed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

9
A6 The flow chart shows some reactions of the compounds of a metal.
metal carbonate A
H2SO4(aq)
colourless gas B blue solution of C
excess NaOH(aq) excess Mg(s)
light blue precipitate D colourless solution of E pink solid F
Identify, by name, each of the substances.
A .................................................................
B .................................................................
C .................................................................
D .................................................................
E .................................................................
F .................................................................
[Total: 6]

10
Section B
B7 Cyclobutane has the following structure.
H H
H C C H
H C C H
H H
(a) What evidence from the structure indicates that cyclobutane is a saturated compound?
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Deduce the empirical formula for cyclobutane.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Cyclobutane has several isomers which are alkenes.
Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of one of these isomers.
[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

11
(d) The complete combustion of one mole of cyclobutane releases 2702 kJ of heat energy.
(i) Construct an equation for the complete combustion of cyclobutane.
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Calculate the heat energy released when 600 dm3 of cyclobutane, at room temperature
and pressure, is completely combusted.
heat energy = ..................................................... kJ [2]
(iii) Explain, in terms of the energy associated with bond breaking and bond making, why the
combustion of cyclobutane is exothermic.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Butanoic acid, CH3CH2CH2CO2H, and ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H, are both weak acids.
(a) Explain, with the aid of an equation, what is meant by the term weak acid.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Butanoic acid reacts with magnesium.
Name the gas formed and describe the chemical test for the gas.
gas ..........................................................
chemical test .............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Butanoic acid reacts with magnesium carbonate.
Give the formula of the magnesium salt formed in the reaction of butanoic acid with magnesium
carbonate.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Ethanoic acid reacts with ethanol to make an organic compound.
Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of this organic compound.
[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

13
(e) A solution containing 0.172 g of an unknown carboxylic acid, CxHyCO2H, is titrated with
0.100 mol / dm3 aqueous sodium hydroxide. The volume of sodium hydroxide solution needed
to exactly neutralise the acid is 23.2 cm3.
CxHyCO2H + NaOH CxHyCO2Na + H2O
Calculate the relative formula mass, Mr, of the carboxylic acid and suggest its identity.
relative formula mass = ...............................
identity of the acid ................................................................................................................ [4]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 When carbon dioxide reacts with hydrogen in a sealed container, an equilibrium mixture is
obtained.
CO2(g) + 4H2(g) CH4(g) + 2H2O(g) ΔH = −205 kJ / mol
(a) Describe and explain what happens to the rate of the forward reaction when the pressure is
increased. The temperature remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Describe and explain what happens to the position of equilibrium when the temperature is
increased. The pressure remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) In an experiment, 220 g of carbon dioxide and an excess of hydrogen are reacted in a sealed
container until an equilibrium is established.
A mass of 46 g of methane is produced.
(i) Calculate the mass of methane that should have been made if the percentage yield was
100%.
mass of methane = ....................................................... g [2]
(ii) Calculate the percentage yield of methane in this experiment.
percentage yield = .......................................................% [1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

15
(d) The experiment with 220 g of carbon dioxide and an excess of hydrogen is repeated but this
time a catalyst is added.
(i) State what happens, if anything, to the position of equilibrium compared with the non-
catalysed reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe and explain what happens to the rate of reaction compared with the non-
catalysed reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Francium, Fr, is a highly reactive element in Group I of the Periodic Table.
The table shows some information about two isotopes of francium.
atomic number of number of number of

symbol protons electrons neutrons
223 Fr 87 136
87 .....................
87 138
..................... .....................
(a) Complete the table. [2]
(b) Construct an equation to show the reaction of francium with water.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Francium oxide, Fr2O, contains Fr+ and O2− ions.
(i) Describe how a francium ion and an oxide ion are formed from a francium atom and an
oxygen atom.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Predict two physical properties of francium oxide.
1. ........................................................................................................................................
2. ................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

17
(d) Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, the structure of a metal and use it to explain why
francium is a good conductor of electricity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/M/J/14

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2014
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/M/J/14
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
A1 (a) J / NH4+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) + NH3(g) [1]
(b) B / Ba2+(aq) + SO42–(aq) → BaSO4(s) [1]
(c) E / Cu2+(aq) + 2e– → Cu(s) [1]
(d) H / H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) [1]
(e) K / 4OH–(aq) → O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e– [1]
[Total: 5]
A2 (a) 2H2S + 3O2 → 2H2O + 2SO2 (1) [1]
(b) Sulfur dioxide causes acid rain / sulfur dioxide linked to effects of acid rain (1)
Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas / carbon dioxide linked to global warming (1) [2]
(c) (i) 999 (1) [1]
(ii) 1 (1) [1]
1
(iii) × 100 (1)
1000
= 0.1 (1) [2]
(d) (i) Volume decreases (1)

Smaller space between the particles / particles are closer together (1) [2]
(ii) Volume increases (1)

Idea that particles have more energy and spread out (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A3 (a) Initially zinc carbonate is cold so a low speed of reaction / at start zinc carbonate
is not hot enough to decompose (1) [1]
(b) First time when the line is horizontal (1)

ALLOW explanation written on the graph [1]

(c) Graph starts at the origin and ends at the same volume (1)
Graph has same shape as original but always to the left and does not go above
the final volume (1)
Reaction is faster (1)
Particles have more energy / more successful collisions / more energetic
collisions / more fruitful collisions / more effective collisions / more particles have
energy above the activation energy (1) [4]
(d) MgCO3 any time greater than 70 and less than 360 and PbCO3 any time less
than 60 (1)
Idea that the time is linked to position of metal in the reactivity series e.g. the
more reactive the metal the longer the time (1) [2]
[Total: 8]
A4 (a) Positive electrode: 2O2– → O2 + 4e– (1)

Negative electrode: Al 3+ + 3e– → Al (1) [2]
(b) Has a layer of aluminium oxide on the surface (1)

The layer stops water getting to the surface / layer will not let oxygen reach the
surface / the layer will not flake off / layer is non-porous / layer is impermeable (1) [2]
(c) Magnesium is more reactive (than iron) / magnesium is oxidised more

easily / magnesium is above iron in the reactivity series (1)
Magnesium reacts instead of iron (1) [2]
(d) Use of excess aluminium oxide (1)

Use of sulfuric acid (1)
Filter mixture (to get filtrate) (1)
Evaporate some of solution and allow to crystallise / leave in warm place to
crystallise (1) [4]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) Correct ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram (2)

Award 1 mark for two shared pairs of electrons between carbon atoms / each
carbon-hydrogen bond shown as a shared pair of electrons [2]
(b) C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH (1)
Any two from:

High temperature / 200–400 °C / heat (1)
High pressure / 30–100 atmospheres (1)
Catalyst / (concentrated) phosphoric acid (1) [3]
[Total: 5]

A6 A copper(II) carbonate (1)
B carbon dioxide (1)
C copper(II) sulfate (1)
D copper(II) hydroxide (1)
E magnesium sulfate (1)
F copper (1) [6]
[Total: 6]
B7 (a) Has only single bonds / has no double bonds (1) [1]
(b) CH2 (1) [1]
(c) Any one of

H H H
H C C C C
H H H H
H H
H C C C C H
H H H H
H H H
C H
C C
C H
H H
H
(1) [1]

(d) (i) C4H8 + 6O2 → 4CO2 + 4H2O

Correct reactants and products (1)
Balancing (1) [2]
600
(ii) Moles of C4H8 = = 25 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
24
Energy = 67 550 (1) [2]
(iii) Bond breaking absorbs energy / bond breaking is endothermic (1)

Bond making releases energy / bond making is exothermic (1)
More energy is released than absorbed (1) [3]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) Does not completely dissociate / partially ionises / ionises to form an equilibrium
mixture (1)
CH3CO2H ⇌ CH3CO2– + H+ / CH3CH2CH2CO2H ⇌ CH3CH2CH2CO2– + H+ (1) [2]
(b) Hydrogen (1)

Pops with a lighted splint (1) [2]
(c) Mg(CH3CH2CH2CO2)2 / (CH3CH2CH2CO2)2Mg (1) [1]
(d)
H O H H
H C C O C C H
H H H
(1)
[1]
(e) Moles of NaOH = 0.0232 ×0.1 = 0.00232 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
Moles of acid = moles of alkali = 0.00232 (1)
Mr = 74.1 (1)
CH3CH2CO2H / propanoic acid / propionic acid (1) [4]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) Reaction is faster

because the particles are closer together / because the particles are more
crowded / more particles per unit volume (1)
more collisions per second / collisions more often / higher collision frequency (1) [2]
(b) Position of equilibrium shifts to the left (1)

Because the reaction is exothermic / because heat is released (in the forward
reaction) (1) [2]

220
(c) (i) Moles of CO2 = = 5 (1) (mark for working or correct answer)
44
Mass of methane = 80 (1) [2]
(ii) 57.5 (1) [1]
(d) (i) No effect / does not change (1) [1]
(ii) Speed increases (1)

Activation energy is lowered / reaction follows a different pathway (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B10 (a) (i)

symbol number of number of number of
223 87 87 136
87 Fr
225 87 87 138
87 Fr
Correct symbol (1)

Correct numbers of electrons (1) [2]
(ii) 2Fr + 2H2O → 2FrOH + H2 (1) [1]
(c) (i) Francium atom loses one electron to make a francium ion (1)
Oxygen atom gains two electrons to make an oxide ion (1) [2]
(ii) Any two from

High melting point (1)
Does not conduct electricity as a solid (1)
Conducts electricity as a molten liquid (1)
Soluble in water (1) [2]
(d) Positive ions in regular layers (2 layers is the minimum required in a diagram) (1)
Electrons shown interspersed between the particles shown (1)
Note: Marks can be awarded from correct description in writing or from a labelled
diagram.
Electrons can move / delocalised electrons / free electrons (1) [3]
[Total: 10]

* 5 8 0 6 4 1 4 0 9 1 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B


DC (SJF/SW) 72257/4
2
Section A
A1 The diagram shows part of the Periodic Table. Only some of the elements are shown.
H
C N F
Si P S Cl
Ti Fe Cu Zn As Br
(a) Answer each of the following questions using only those elements shown in the diagram.
Each element may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give one element which
(i) is a simple molecular solid at room temperature and pressure,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) oxidises in the presence of water and air to form rust,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) has an atom with three occupied electron shells, the outer of which has only 5 electrons,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) has an oxide which is amphoteric,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) has a chloride of type X Cl 3 whose aqueous solution forms a reddish-brown precipitate
on addition of aqueous ammonia,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(vi) is a colourless diatomic gas.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

3
(b) (i) Arsenic reacts with oxygen to form arsenic(III) oxide, As2O3.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Arsenic(III) oxide is slightly soluble in water. A weak acid, arsenous acid, H3AsO3, is
formed.
Use kinetic particle theory to explain why a 0.05 mol / dm3 solution of arsenous acid reacts
much more slowly with magnesium ribbon than a 0.05 mol / dm3 solution of hydrochloric
acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]

4
A2 The table shows some properties of the Group I metals.
metal density melting point boiling point

in g / cm3 / °C / °C
lithium 0.53 181 1342
sodium 0.97 98 883
potassium 0.86 63
rubidium 1.53 39 686
caesium 1.88 29 669
(a) (i) Describe the general trend in the density of the Group I metals.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Predict the boiling point of potassium.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) What is the physical state of caesium at 35 °C? Explain your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Describe the trend in reactivity of the Group I metals with water.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction of rubidium with water.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) The reaction of rubidium with water is exothermic.

What is meant by the term exothermic?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Sodium and calcium form ionic hydrides containing the hydride ion, H–.
Sodium and calcium hydrides react with water to form the hydroxide and hydrogen.
NaH + H2O NaOH + H2
CaH2 + 2H2O Ca(OH)2 + 2H2
Deduce the general ionic equation for these reactions.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

5
(d) Sodium is a soft metal with little catalytic activity.

Nickel is a hard metal which is often used as a catalyst.
(i) Describe two other differences in the physical properties of sodium and nickel.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State one industrial use of nickel as a catalyst.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain why an alloy of nickel and copper is less malleable than copper alone.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 12]

6
A3 Seawater contains a variety of dissolved salts.
(a) The diagram shows a simple distillation apparatus that can be used to produce purified water
from seawater.
water out
condenser
seawater
water in
heat
purified water
Explain how distillation purifies seawater.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Magnesium chloride, MgCl 2, is present in seawater at a concentration of 1.26 g / dm3.
(i) Write the formulae for the ions present in magnesium chloride.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the concentration of chloride ions, in mol / dm3, arising from the magnesium
chloride in seawater.
concentration = .......................................... mol / dm3 [1]
(iii) Aqueous silver nitrate is added to a small sample of seawater.

Describe what you would observe.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

7
(c) The concentration of sulfate ions in seawater is 1.24 g / dm3.

Excess aqueous barium chloride is added to a 50.0 cm3 sample of seawater.
Calculate the mass of barium sulfate precipitated in this reaction.
Ba2+(aq) + SO42–(aq) BaSO4(s)
mass = ........................................ g [3]
[Total: 9]

8
A4 Sulfuric acid reacts with the alkali sodium hydroxide.
H2SO4 + 2NaOH Na2SO4 + 2H2O
(a) Write the ionic equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The graph below shows how the pH changes when aqueous sulfuric acid is added slowly to
45.0 cm3 of 0.150 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide until the acid is in excess.
14
12
10
pH
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
volume of acid added / cm3
(i) What volume of acid has been added when the pH is 7?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

9
(ii) Use your answer to part (i) to calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the sulfuric
acid.
concentration = .......................................... mol / dm3 [3]
(c) The experiment was repeated using ethanoic acid of the same concentration as the sulfuric
acid. The same volume and concentration of aqueous sodium hydroxide was used.
(i) The volume of ethanoic acid required to neutralise the aqueous sodium hydroxide was
twice as great compared with the volume of sulfuric acid.
Explain why.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest the value of the pH after excess ethanoic acid has been added.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Sulfuric acid is one of the acids present in acid rain.
(i) Suggest how sulfuric acid is formed in the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) State one effect of acid rain on human health.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

10
A5 The table below shows the reactivity of five metals with either cold water or steam or with both.
metal reactivity
barium reacts rapidly with cold water
copper no reaction with steam or cold water
magnesium reacts very slowly with cold water but reacts with steam
sodium reacts very rapidly with cold water
nickel only reacts when powdered and heated strongly in steam
(a) Deduce the order of reactivity of these metals using the information in the table.
most reactive .....................................................................
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
least reactive ..................................................................... [1]
(b) A simple electrochemical cell contains two electrodes in an electrolyte.
(i) Complete the diagram below to show how you could measure the voltage between the
two different metal electrodes X and Y.
X Y
electrolyte
[1]
(ii) The order of reactivity of some metals is shown below.
iron cobalt tin copper silver

most reactive least reactive
Which combination of metals from this list would produce the highest voltage when used
as electrodes in an electrochemical cell?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

11
(c) Strips of zinc can be attached to the hull of a ship to stop the steel from rusting.
Explain how these strips of zinc stop the steel from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 5]

12
Section B
B6 The structures of sodium chloride and chlorine are shown below.
Cl – Na+ Cl –
Cl –
Na+ Cl – Na+ Cl Cl
Cl – Na+ Cl –
sodium chloride chlorine
(a) The melting point of sodium chloride is 801 °C.

The melting point of chlorine is –101 °C.
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, the difference between the melting points of these
two substances.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Explain why molten sodium chloride conducts electricity but solid sodium chloride does not.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

13
(c) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for sodium chloride, showing all the electron shells.
[2]
(d) The electrode reactions occurring when molten sodium chloride is electrolysed are shown
below.
negative electrode Na+ + e– Na
positive electrode 2Cl – Cl2 + 2e–
Refer to these equations to explain why this electrolysis involves both oxidation and reduction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Chlorine reacts with excess ammonia, NH3, to form hydrogen chloride and nitrogen.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B7 The alkanes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) Give the name of another homologous series of hydrocarbons.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The graph below shows how the melting points of the first nine alkanes vary with the number
of carbon atoms.
–50
melting
point –100
/ °C
–150
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
number of carbon atoms
Describe how the melting points of the alkanes with more than two carbon atoms vary as the
number of carbon atoms increases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Nonane is an alkane with nine carbon atoms.

Give the molecular formula for nonane.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

15
(d) One mole of undecane, C11H24, is cracked to form a mixture containing one mole of ethene,
one mole of propene and one mole of another hydrocarbon.
(i) Construct the equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why oil companies crack the longer chain hydrocarbons.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Hydrogen cyanide, HCN, is manufactured by reacting methane with ammonia and oxygen.
2CH4 + 2NH3 + 3O2 2HCN + 6H2O
(i) Calculate the mass of hydrogen cyanide that can be formed from 500 g of methane if the
percentage yield of hydrogen cyanide is 65%.
mass = .........................................g [2]
(ii) Hydrogen cyanide reacts with calcium hydroxide to form calcium cyanide and water.
The formula of the cyanide ion is CN–.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
B8 The ester, ethyl ethanoate, reacts with hydroxide ions to form ethanoate ions and ethanol.
CH3COOC2H5 + OH– CH3COO– + C2H5OH

ethyl ethanoate ethanoate ions
(a) The graph shows how the concentration of ethanoate ions, CH3COO–, changes as the
reaction proceeds.
0.5
0.4
0.3
concentration of
CH3COO– ions
in mol / dm–3
0.2
0.1
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
time / s
(i) Use the information in the graph to deduce the mass of ethanoate ions in 200 cm3 of
solution when the reaction is complete.
mass = .........................................g [2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

17
(ii) Use the information in the graph to calculate the average rate of reaction, in mol / dm3 / s,
during the first 300 seconds.
average rate of reaction ........................................mol / dm3 / s [1]
(iii) Describe and explain, using the kinetic particle theory, the change in the rate of reaction
with time.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Aqueous sodium hydroxide reacts with aqueous iron(II) sulfate, FeSO4.
Construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Iron(II) sulfate can be prepared by reacting excess iron powder with sulfuric acid.
Describe the essential practical details to prepare pure dry crystals of iron(II) sulfate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

18
B9 Ammonia is manufactured by the Haber process.

Fe catalyst
N2 + 3H2 2NH3 ΔH = – 92.4 kJ / mol
The table below shows how the percentage yield of ammonia at equilibrium varies with both
pressure % yield at % yield at % yield at % yield at

/ atmospheres 200 °C 300 °C 400 °C 500 °C
30 68 32 11 4
100 81 51 25 10
200 86 63 36 18
300 88 69 40 24
(a) Describe how, and explain why, the percentage yield of ammonia at equilibrium changes with
temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how, and explain why, the percentage yield of ammonia at equilibrium changes with
pressure.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Explain why the conditions for the synthesis of ammonia in most chemical plants are between
350–450 °C and 200–300 atmospheres pressure.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Explain how using a catalyst in the Haber process has an economic advantage.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2014
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/14
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 5070 22
A1 (a) (i) S / sulfur / P / phosphorus (1) [1]
(ii) Fe / iron (1) [1]
(iii) P / phosphorus (1) [1]
(iv) Zn / zinc / As / arsenic (1) [1]
(v) Fe / iron (1) [1]
(vi) H / hydrogen / H2 / N / nitrogen / N2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) 4As + 3O2 → 2As2O3 (1) [1]
(ii) (arsenous acid) has a lower concentration of hydrogen ions / hydrochloric

acid has higher concentration of hydrogen ions (1)
less frequent collisions (between ions in arsenous acid) / more frequent

collisions (between ions) in hydrochloric acid (1) [2]
[Total: 9]

A2 (a) (i) (density generally) increases down the group (1) [1]
(ii) allow between 710 – 860 (oC) (1)

(actual value = 760 oC) [1]
(iii) liquid (no mark on its own)

melting point is below 35 (oC) AND boiling point is above 35 (oC) (1) [1]
(b) (i) more reactive down the group / less reactive up the group (1) [1]
(ii) 2Rb + 2H2O → 2RbOH + H2 (1) [1]
(iii) reaction which releases heat / releases energy / products have lower energy
than reactants / reaction in which ∆H is negative / temperature (of
surroundings) increases (1) [1]
(c) H– + H2O → OH– + H2 (1) [1]
(d) (i) sodium has low density / nickel has high density (1)
sodium has low melting point / nickel has high melting point / sodium has low
boiling point / nickel has high boiling point (1) [2]
(ii) any suitable use e.g. manufacture of margarine / other stated hydrogenation
reactions e.g. cyclohexane from benzene / sorbitol from glucose / amines from
nitro-compounds / amines from nitriles / alkanes from alkenes / alkanes from
alkynes (1) [1]
(iii) nickel ions are different size to copper ions (1)
idea of disruption of layers in metallic structure / layers cannot slide as

easily (1)
NOTE: there MUST be some idea of layers / rows or sheets sliding not just
atoms sliding [2]
[Total: 12]

A3 (a) water and salts have different boiling points (1)
water evaporates AND salts / residues / impurities / solids left in flask (1)
water condenses / turns to liquid in the condenser (1) [3]
(b) (i) Mg2+ and Cl - (1)

(ii) 0.0265 / 0.027 / 0.03 (mol / dm3) (1) [1]
(iii) white precipitate / white solid formed / white deposit formed (1) [1]
(c) 96 g SO42– → 233 g BaSO4 (1)
233
1.24 g SO42– → × 1.24 OR 3.0096 / 3.01 g BaSO4 (1)
96
50.0
mass in 50 cm3 = 3.01 × = 0.151 g (1)
1000
OR (for 1st two steps)
1.24
moles SO42– = OR 0.0129 (1)
96
mass of BaSO4 = 0.0129 × 233 OR 3.01 g (1)
OR
50
mass of SO42– in 50 cm3 = 1.24 × OR 0.062 g (1)
1000
0.062
moles SO42– = OR 0.000645833 mol (1)
96
mass BaSO4 = 0.000646 × 233 = 0.151 g (1) [3]
[Total: 9]

A4 (a) H+ + OH– → H2O (1) [1]
(b) (i) 20 (cm3) / 0.02 dm3 (1) [1]
45
(ii) mol KOH = 0.15 × OR 6.75 × 10-3 / 0.00675 (1)
1000
mol H2SO4 = 0.003375 / 0.0034 (1)
1000
concentration = 0.003375 × = 0.17 / 0.169 (1) [3]
20
(c) (i) ethanoic acid has 1 mol of ionisable H per mol of acid / H2SO4 has 2 per mol
of acid / ethanoic acid is monobasic / H2SO4 is dibasic / ethanoic acid has one
acidic hydrogen (ion) / sulfuric acid has 2 acidic H+ ions / ethanoic acid has
half as much ionisable hydrogen (1) [1]
(ii) any value between 3 and 6.9 inclusive (1) [1]
(d) (i) ANY TWO FROM
• sulfur dioxide / SO2 (1)
• (sulfur dioxide) oxidised further / (sulfur dioxide) reacts further to form

sulfur trioxide (1)
• oxidation product reacts with water to form sulfuric acid / SO3 reacts with
water to form sulfuric acid (1) [2]
(ii) irritates skin / irritates eyes / irritates nose / irritates mouth (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

A5 (a) sodium
barium
magnesium
nickel
copper (1) [1]
(b) (i) voltmeter and two wires either side of voltmeter across the electrodes (1) [1]
(ii) iron and silver (1) [1]
(c) ANY TWO FROM
• the zinc corrodes instead of the iron / zinc reacts instead of the iron (1)
• zinc is more reactive (than iron) / zinc is more reactive (than steel) / zinc higher in the
reactivity series (than steel / iron) OR reverse argument (1)
• the zinc loses electrons in preference to the iron (1)
IGNORE: sacrificial protection without qualification [2]
[Total: 5]

B6 (a) sodium chloride is giant ionic structure / has a continuous structure of ions / ions in
lattice (1)
strong (attractive) forces between the ions / lot of energy needed to break ionic bond (1)
chlorine is a (simple) molecule / chlorine has simple covalent structure (1)
chlorine has weak forces between the molecules / small amount of energy required to
separate molecules / not much energy needed to break intermolecular forces / chlorine
has weak van der Waals’ forces (1) [4]
(b) in molten sodium chloride ions can move but ions can’t move in solid / ions can only
move in molten sodium chloride (1) [1]
(c) sodium ion 2, 8 and + charge (1)

chloride ion 2, 8, 8 and – charge (1) [2]
(d) at the negative electrode / cathode reduction takes place which is gain of electrons
(by sodium) (1)
at the positive electrode / anode oxidation takes place which is loss of electrons
(by chloride) (1)
OR
sodium ions are reduced because they gain electrons (1)
chloride ions are is oxidised because they lose electrons (1)
OR
sodium is reduced because oxidation number of sodium decreases (1)
chloride / chlorine is oxidised because the oxidation number of chlorine increases (1) [2]
(e) 2NH3 + 3Cl2 → N2 + 6HCl (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

B7 (a) alkenes (1) [1]
(b) melting points increase (1)
increase in melting point from even number to odd number of carbon atoms is
less than from odd to even number / the increase is less for some atoms than
others / any reference to the regular zigzag nature of the increase (1) [2]
(c) C9H20 (1) [1]
(d) (i) C11H24 → C2H4 + C3H6 + C6H14 (1) [1]
(ii) ANY TWO FROM
• (hydrocarbons with) longer chains not in high demand / more longer

chains produced than used / shorter chains in more demand / fewer short
chains produced than used (1)
• so (more) petrol / gasoline is made (1)
• to produce alkenes / to make ethane (1) [2]
(e) (i) 16 g methane → 27 g HCN (1)

27 65
500 g methane → 500 × × = 548 g (1)
16 100
OR
500
= 31.25 mol methane (1)
16
65
31.25 × 27 × = 548 g (1) [2]
100
(ii) Ca(OH)2 + 2HCN → Ca(CN)2 + 2H2O (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

B8 (a) (i) concentration of ethanoate = 0.45 mol / dm3 (1)

200
mass = 0.45 × 59 × = 5.31 / 5.3 g (1) [2]
1000
0.17
(ii) = 5.67 × 10-4 / 5.7 × 10-4 (mol / dm3 / s) (1) [1]
300
(iii) rate of reaction decreases with time / reaction slows down (1)
concentration (of H+ ions) decreases / concentration (of reactants)
decreases / concentration (of ethyl ethanoate) decreases (1)
collision frequency reduced (1) [3]
(b) Fe2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Fe(OH)2 (s)

correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae) (1) [2]
(c) filter (off iron) (1)
heat filtrate to crystallisation point then leave to crystallise / evaporate off some of the
water from filtrate then leave to crystallise / partially evaporate filtrate and leave to
crystallise
AND
dry crystals with filter paper (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

B9 (a) decreases with increase in temperature (1)
reaction is exothermic / increasing temperature favours reaction which absorbs

heat (1) [2]
(b) increases with increasing pressure (1)
increasing pressure causes reaction to go in direction of decreasing number of

moles / smaller volume (1) [2]
(c) ANY ONE FROM
• low(er) temperature makes reaction rate too slow (1)

• high(er) temperature decreases percentage yield (1)
• low(er) temperature increases percentage yield (1)
• this temperature (i.e. 350–450) gives a (relatively) high rate and low yield (1)
ANY ONE FROM
• low(er) pressure gives poor yield (1)

• high(er) pressure increases yield (1)
• high(er) pressure expends too much energy (1)
• high a pressure too expensive (1)
• high(er) pressure gives a higher rate (1)
• high pressure a safety risk (1)
• this pressure (i.e. 200–300) gives a high yield and high rate (1) [2]
(d) speeds up the reaction / lowers the activation energy (1)
lowers energy costs / less energy used (1) [2]
(e) molar mass of (NH4)3PO4 = 149 (1)
42
× 100 = 28.19% / 28.2% (1) [2]
149
[Total: 10]

* 5 9 0 7 0 5 1 9 5 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B


DC (NH/SW) 72256/4
2
Section A
A1 The diagram shows part of the Periodic Table. Only some of the elements are shown.
H
C N O
Na Mg Al Si P
K Ca Fe Cu Zn
Rb
(a) Answer each of the following questions using only those elements shown in the diagram.
Each element may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give one element which
(i) has a giant molecular structure,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) combines with oxygen to form a gas which contributes to acid rain,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) forms an ion of type X + which has only three completely filled shells of electrons,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) has an atom with only seven protons in its nucleus,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) has an atom with only six electrons,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(vi) has a chloride of type XCl 2, whose aqueous solution forms a white precipitate on addition
of sodium hydroxide.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

3
(b) Under reduced pressure, potassium reacts with oxygen to form potassium oxide, K2O.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Aluminium is higher than zinc in the reactivity series.

Explain why aluminium foil does not react with an aqueous solution of zinc ions.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]

4
A2 The table shows some properties of the Group 0 elements (noble gases).
density of liquid element boiling point

element
in g / cm3 / °C
helium 0.15 –269
neon 1.20 –246
argon 1.40 –186
krypton –152
xenon 3.52
(a) Predict
(i) the density of liquid krypton, ..........................................................................................[1]
(ii) the boiling point of xenon. ..............................................................................................[1]
(b) Argon is a gas at room temperature.
(i) Describe the arrangement and motion of the particles in a gas.
arrangement ......................................................................................................................
motion ................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State one use of argon.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) The noble gases are unreactive.

Explain why.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Several compounds of the noble gases have been made in recent years.
Xenon(IV) fluoride, XeF4, reacts with water to form a mixture which contains xenon, xenon(VI)
oxide, XeO3, and hydrogen fluoride, HF.
Complete the equation for the reaction of xenon(IV) fluoride with water.
.... XeF4 + .... H2O Xe + 2XeO3 + 12HF [1]
(e) The noble gases make up about 1% of the air.

Describe and explain how fractional distillation can be used to separate the gases in the air.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14
5
A3 Paper chromatography can be used to separate metal ions in a mixture and identify them by
comparison with known samples of metal ions (A–E).
(a) Draw a labelled diagram to show the apparatus used in paper chromatography.
On your diagram show

• the solvent,
• where the mixture of metal ions and known samples of metal ions are placed at the start
of the experiment.
[2]
(b) The completed chromatogram is shown below.
solvent front
B
A
E base line
mixture
(i) Which of the metal ions, A–E, were present in the mixture?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the Rf value of metal ion A.
Rf value = ..................................[1]

6
(c) Ammonia can be used as a locating agent for some metal ions on the chromatogram.
(i) Suggest why a locating agent may need to be used.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Aqueous ammonia is added slowly to aqueous copper(II) sulfate until the ammonia is in
excess.
Describe what you would observe as the ammonia is added.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, for the reaction of aqueous copper(II)
sulfate with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

7
A4 The diagram shows a simple electrochemical cell.
positive
electrode negative electrode
dilute
sulfuric acid
The voltages produced by different combinations of metal electrodes are shown in the table below.
The more reactive metal is always the negative electrode.
positive electrode negative electrode voltage / V

copper zinc 1.10
copper tin 0.48
copper magnesium 2.70
copper iron 0.78
silver copper 0.46
(a) (i) Write an equation showing the conversion of zinc to zinc ions.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) How does the table above show that copper is above silver in the reactivity series?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Which combination of metals in the table above will give the highest voltage?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Use the information in the table to deduce the order of reactivity of the metals copper,
iron, magnesium, tin and zinc. Explain your answer.
most reactive ........................................
........................................
........................................
........................................
least reactive ........................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
8
(b) Refer to the structure of metals to explain
(i) why metals are malleable,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) why metals conduct electricity.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Explain why plating iron with tin prevents the iron from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 9]
A5 A student titrates 20.0 cm3 of a metal hydroxide, M(OH)2, of concentration 0.060 mol / dm3 with a
strong acid of concentration 0.050 mol / dm3.
It requires 24.0 cm3 of acid to neutralise the metal hydroxide.
(a) (i) Calculate the number of moles of acid in 24.0 cm3 of the acid.
........................ moles [1]
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of OH– ions in 20.0 cm3 of the metal hydroxide.
........................ moles [1]
(iii) Deduce whether the acid used is more likely to be hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

9
(b) A student added excess calcium carbonate to 50 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid.
(i) Construct an equation for the reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) The volume of gas produced in the first 2 minutes is 24 cm3.
Calculate the average rate of reaction over the first 2 minutes, in cm3 / s.
reaction rate = ........................cm3/s [1]
(iii) The student repeats the experiment using 50 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain why the rate of reaction is slower with ethanoic
acid than with hydrochloric acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 8]

10
Section B
B6 Parts of the structures of silicon dioxide and poly(ethene) are shown below.
oxygen atom
silicon atom H H H H H H H H
C C C C
C C C C
H H H H H H H H
silicon dioxide poly(ethene)
(a) The melting point of silicon dioxide is 1610 °C.

Poly(ethene) starts to melt at 130 °C.
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, the difference between the melting points of these
two substances.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) What type of polymerisation is used to make poly(ethene)?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Poly(ethene) is made from ethene monomers.

Explain why ethene is both a hydrocarbon and an unsaturated compound.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

11
(d) Silicone fluids are polymers. Part of the structure of a silicone fluid is shown below.
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
O Si O Si O Si O
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
The monomer used in making this silicone fluid is a saturated compound with two –OH
groups.
Deduce the structure of this monomer.
[1]
(e) The compound used to make the monomer of the silicone fluid has the following composition
by mass.
C = 18.6 g, Cl = 55.0 g, H = 4.65 g, Si = 21.7 g
Deduce the empirical formula of this compound.
empirical formula ..................................[2]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Three important processes in the carbon cycle are combustion, respiration and photosynthesis.
(a) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of propane, C3H8.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Describe how the processes in the carbon cycle regulate the amount of carbon dioxide in
the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas.

What do you understand by the term greenhouse gas?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Methane is also a greenhouse gas.

Give one source of methane in the atmosphere.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) The percentage of methane by volume in the air is 0.00014%.

Calculate the mass of methane in 1 000 dm3 of air.
mass = ...............................g [2]
(c) Plants use water in photosynthesis. Water containing the radioactive isotope 18O is fed to a
plant.
The resulting radioactivity in the products of photosynthesis is shown in the equation below.
6CO2 + 6H218O C6H12O6 + 618O2

glucose
(i) What does this tell you about the origin of the oxygen in each of the products?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Deduce the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in an atom of 18O.
protons ................................................
neutrons ..............................................
electrons ............................................. [2]

[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14
13
B8 Sulfuric acid is manufactured by the Contact process.
(a) In some chemical plants zinc sulfide, ZnS, is roasted in air to form zinc oxide and sulfur
dioxide.
Construct the balanced equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The sulfur dioxide is then converted to sulfur trioxide.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ΔH = –98 kJ / mol
(i) Describe how and explain why increasing the pressure affects the position of equilibrium.
The temperature remains constant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe how and explain why increasing the temperature affects the position of
equilibrium. The pressure remains constant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Vanadium(V) oxide is used as a catalyst in the conversion of sulfur dioxide to sulfur
trioxide.
Explain how using vanadium(V) oxide reduces the energy costs of the Contact process.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

14
(c) Sulfuric acid is used to make superphosphate fertilisers. A mixture of the fertiliser and calcium
sulfate is formed. This mixture is used by farmers.
Ca3(PO4)2 + 2H2SO4 Ca(H2PO4)2 + 2CaSO4

calcium superphosphate
(i) Calculate the percentage by mass of calcium sulfate in the mixture of calcium
superphosphate and calcium sulfate.
(The relative formula mass of calcium superphosphate is 234.)
.............................. % [2]
(ii) Suggest one problem involved in either the transport of this mixture or its use as a
fertiliser.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

15
B9 Bromate(V) ions, BrO3–, react with bromide ions, Br –, in acidic solution to form bromine.
BrO3–(aq) + 5Br –(aq) + 6H+(aq) 3Br2(aq) + 3H2O(l)
(a) (i) Explain why the acidity of the reaction mixture decreases as the reaction proceeds.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) State the colour of aqueous bromine.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain, using the kinetic particle theory, why increasing the temperature increases the
rate of this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Bromine oxidises aqueous iodide ions to iodine.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Aqueous potassium iodide can be used to test for oxidising agents.
Describe and explain the colour change when excess aqueous potassium iodide is added to
aqueous acidified potassium manganate(VII), KMnO4.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Describe how aqueous bromine is used to test for an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a bromine molecule.

[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14
DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2014
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Tin Antimony Tellurium Xenon
5070/21/O/N/14
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some

A1 (a) (i) C / carbon / Si / silicon (1) [1]
(ii) N / nitrogen (1) [1]
(iii) K / potassium (1) [1]
(iv) N / nitrogen (1) [1]
(v) C / carbon (1) [1]
(vi) Zn / zinc (1) [1]
(b) 4K + O2 → 2K2O (1) [1]
(c) aluminium forms an oxide layer (1)
layer is unreactive / layer cannot be easily removed from the surface / layer
adheres to (metal) surface / layer is impermeable to water (1) [2]
[Total: 9]

A2 (a) (i) values between 1.6 and 2.6 (1)

(actual value = 2.15) [1]
(ii) values between –130 and – 80 (1)

(actual value = –107) [1]
(b) (i) arrangement: is random / irregular (1)
motion: rapid / fast / can move anywhere / random (1) [2]
(ii) any suitable use e.g. in steelmaking / in light bulbs / welding (1) [1]
(c) completely filled outer shells of electrons / not able to gain electrons / not able to
lose electrons / not able to share electrons (1) [1]
(d) 3XeF4 + 6H2O → Xe + 2XeO3 + 12HF (1) [1]
(e) ANY THREE FROM
air liquefied (1)
temperature of liquefied air raised (gradually) / liquid air is heated (1)
gas with lowest boiling point vaporises first (1)
idea of fractionation depending on difference in boiling points (1)
idea of fractionation depending differences in size (or mass) of the atoms or

molecules (1) [3]
[Total: 10]

A3 (a) chromatography paper dipping into labelled solvent in a beaker (1)
solvent level below the spots at start of experiment / below base line drawn /
below marked spot (1) [2]
(b) (i) B and E (1) [1]
(ii) 0.68 to 0.72 (1) [1]
(c) (i) to make the spots visible / because the spots may not be coloured (1) [1]
(ii) (light) blue precipitate (1)
(dark) blue solution in excess (1) [2]
(iii) Cu2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Cu(OH)2(s)
correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae) (1) [2]
[Total: 9]

A4 (a) (i) Zn → Zn2+ + 2e– / Zn – 2e– → Zn2+ (1) [1]
(ii) in the copper / silver cell the copper is the negative electrode (1) [1]
(iii) silver and magnesium (1) [1]
(iv) magnesium
zinc
iron
tin
copper (1)
the higher the voltage (difference between copper and the metal) the more
reactive the metal / voltage (difference) gets smaller, the less reactive the
metal (1) [2]
(b) (i) metal layers (1)
slide over each other when force applied (1) [2]
(ii) electrons (originating from valency shell) can move / sea of

electrons / some of the electrons are mobile / there are free electrons (1) [1]
(c) tin prevents oxygen and/or water from reaching the iron (1) [1]
[Total: 9]

A5 (a) (i) moles acid = 1.2 × 10–3 / 0.0012 mol (1) [1]
(ii) moles OH– ions = 2.4 × 10–3 / 0.0024 mol (1) [1]
(iii) sulfuric (acid) (no mark but if incorrect 0, marks for question)
mole ratio of acid to OH– is 1:2 so the acid must have 2H+ per mole / only way
to get 1:1 ratio of H+ to OH– from 1:2 ratio of acid to OH– (1) [1]
(b) (i) CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) 24 / (2 × 60) = 0.2 cm3 / s (1) [1]
(iii) ethanoic acid dissociates only slightly / ethanoic acid partially

dissociated / hydrochloric acid dissociated fully (1)
lower concentration of H+ ions in ethanoic acid OR reverse argument (1)
lower frequency of collisions (with CaCO3) in ethanoic acid OR reverse

argument (1) [3]
[Total: 8]

B6 (a) (i) silicon dioxide is giant covalent structure / has a continuous structure of
covalent bonds all linked in 3-dimensions (1)
all bonds are strong / all bonds need high temperature to break / all bonds
need a lot of energy to break (1)
poly(ethene) has weak forces between the molecules / weak intermolecular

forces (1)
not much energy required to overcome weak forces / weak forces easily
broken / small amount of energy required to separate molecules (1) [4]
(b) addition (polymerisation) (1) [1]
(c) hydrocarbon because contains carbon and hydrogen only / contains carbon and
hydrogen and no other element (1)
unsaturated because it has a (C=C) double bond (1) [2]
(d)
CH2 CH3
O
H Si H
O
H3C CH2 (1) [1]
(e)
C H Si Cl
1.55 4.65 0.775 1.55 (1)
C2H6SiCl2 (1)
[2]
[Total: 10]

B7 (a) C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O (1) [1]
(b) (i) respiration releases CO2 AND photosynthesis absorbs CO2 (1)
The (rate of) CO2 released into the atmosphere is (roughly) the same as the
amount absorbed from the atmosphere (1) [2]
(ii) gas which absorbs infra-red radiation / gas which absorbs energy / gas
which absorbs heat (1) [1]
(iii) waste gas from animals / rice paddy fields / bacterial action / landfill
sites etc. (1) [1]
(iv) (0.0014 dm3 in 1000 dm3 )

and 0.0014 / 24 = 5.833 × 10–5 mol CH4 (1)
5.833 × 10–5 × 16 = 9.33 × 10–4 g (1) [2]
(c) (i) the oxygen in O2 comes from the water / the oxygen in the
oxygen molecule comes from the water (1) [1]
(ii) protons = 8 AND electrons = 8 (1)
neutrons = 10 (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

B8 (a) 2ZnS + 3O2 → 2ZnO + 2SO2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) position of equilibrium shifts to the right (1)
in direction of smaller number of moles / in direction of smaller volume (1) [2]
(ii) position of equilibrium shifts to the left (1)
(forward) reaction is exothermic / reaction goes in direction of absorption of

heat (1) [2]
(iii) increases rate of reaction / lowers activation energy / alternate reaction

pathway (1)
less fuel used to heat the reaction / less fuel used for the process / a lower
temperature can be used / less electricity used to maintain the
temperature / need to use the energy for less time (to get same amount of
product) (1) [2]
(c) (i) 2 × CaSO4 = 2 × 136 = 272 (1)

(272 / 506) × 100 = 53.8% (1) [2]
(ii) ANY ONE FROM
money or energy wasted in transporting calcium sulfate which is not required

(1)
money or energy wasted in transporting substance which is not a fertiliser (1)
waste of money or energy in spreading a substance which is not a fertiliser

(onto the soil) (1)
calcium sulfate does not dissolve and so is left on the soil [1]
[Total:10]

B9 (a) (i) acidity caused by H+ ions (1)
H+ ions consumed in the reaction / H+ ions used up in the reaction (1) [2]
(ii) orange / reddish-brown (1) [1]
(iii) ions or particles have more energy / move faster (1)
more particles or ions have energy above the activation energy / more
energetic collisions / more effective collisions / more successful collisions /
more fruitful collisions (1) [2]
(b) Br2 + 2I– → I2 + 2Br– (1) [1]
(c) purple solution goes brown (1)
iodide oxidised to iodine / iodine is brown (1) [2]
(d) aqueous bromine decolourised (1) [1]
(e) correct dot and cross diagram for bromine molecule (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

* 5 9 1 4 8 1 7 1 2 2 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (ST/AR) 89272/4
2
Section A
A1 Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions opposite.
A H H O B H H H H
H C C C H C C C C OH
H H OH H H H H
C F F D H H H H H H
F C C Cl H C C C C C C H
F Cl H H H H H H
E H F F H H H H
F C C Cl H C C O C C C H
H Cl H O H H H
G H H H H H H H
H C C OH H C C C O C C H
H H H H O H H
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

3
(a) Give the letter of the compound which
(i) is a CFC,
.............................. [1]
(ii) is propanoic acid,
.............................. [1]
(iii) is propyl ethanoate,
.............................. [1]
(iv) can be oxidised to ethanoic acid.
.............................. [1]
(b) Give the letters of two compounds that react together to make an ester.
.............................. and .............................. [1]
[Total: 5]

4
A2 Hydrogen reacts with halogens to form hydrogen halides.
(a) Predict which halogen reacts most violently with hydrogen.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The reaction between hydrogen and chlorine is exothermic.
H2(g) + Cl 2(g) 2HCl (g) ΔH = –185 kJ / mol
(i) Explain, in terms of bond breaking and bond forming, why this reaction is exothermic.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) When one mole of chlorine molecules reacts, 185 kJ of energy is released.
Calculate the amount of energy released when 106.5 g of chlorine reacts.
energy released = ..................................................... kJ [2]
(c) Hydrogen reacts with iodine in a reversible reaction.
This reaction reaches an equilibrium if carried out in a closed system.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = +53 kJ / mol
(i) The reaction is studied at a temperature of 400 °C.

Describe and explain what happens to the position of equilibrium if the pressure is
increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

5
(ii) The reaction is studied at 25 atmospheres pressure.

Describe and explain what happens to the position of equilibrium if the temperature is
decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Hydrogen iodide dissolves in water to form hydroiodic acid, HI(aq).
Hydroiodic acid is a strong acid.
(i) Write an equation to show the dissociation of hydroiodic acid.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Hydroiodic acid reacts with calcium.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Hydroiodic acid reacts with sodium carbonate.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 12]

6
31 32
A3 Two isotopes of phosphorus are 15P and 15P.
(a) State one difference and one similarity between these two isotopes.
difference
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
similarity
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Phosphorus forms simple molecules which have a relative molecular mass of 124.
Suggest the formula of a phosphorus molecule.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Phosphorus has a low melting point and does not conduct electricity.
(i) Explain why phosphorus has a low melting point.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why phosphorus does not conduct electricity.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
31
(d) Complete the table for 15P3–.
number of neutrons …………………………
number of protons …………………………
electronic configuration …………………………

[3]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

7
(e) Phosphorus forms a compound called phosphine, PH3.
Draw the ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in a molecule of phosphine.
[2]
(f) Phosphine ignites in air to make water and phosphorus(V) oxide.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 12]

8
A4 The flow chart shows some reactions of iron(II) sulfate, FeSO4.
colourless gas that turns colourless gas which has

acidified potassium 40% by mass sulfur and
brown solid manganate(VII) colourless 60% by mass oxygen
A B C
heat strongly
FeSO4(s)
dissolve in water
FeSO4(aq)
NaOH(aq) reagent X
green ppt white ppt

D E
(a) Iron(II) sulfate is heated strongly.
(i) Write the formula of gas B.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the empirical formula of gas C.

Name gas C.
empirical formula is ...........................................................................................................
name .............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

9
(iii) Two moles of iron(II) sulfate decompose to form one mole of solid A, one mole of gas B
and one mole of gas C.
Deduce the formula of solid A.
formula of A ...........................................................[1]
(b) Write an ionic equation, including state symbols, for the formation of the green precipitate D.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Suggest the name of reagent X and give the formula for the white precipitate E.
name of reagent X ....................................................................................................................
formula of precipitate E .........................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]

10
A5 Electrolysis is often used in the extraction and purification of elements.
(a) Magnesium is manufactured by the electrolysis of molten magnesium chloride.
Write equations for the two electrode reactions that occur during this electrolysis.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Copper can be purified using the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
(i) What is used as the anode (positive electrode)?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What is used as the cathode (negative electrode)?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Chlorine can be made by the electrolysis of concentrated aqueous sodium chloride.
The overall process can be represented by the following equation.
2NaCl (aq) + 2H2O(l) 2NaOH(aq) + Cl 2(g) + H2(g)
55 dm3 of 3.5 mol / dm3 aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed.
What is the maximum volume of chlorine that can be formed, measured at room temperature
and pressure?
volume of chlorine = ................................................. dm3 [3]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

12
Section B
B6 Ammonium carbonate, (NH4)2CO3, is a white solid that is a component of ‘smelling salts’.
It decomposes when it is heated.
(NH4)2CO3(s) 2NH3(g) + H2O(g) + CO2(g)
(a) A sample of ammonium carbonate is heated strongly until it all decomposes.
Suggest what you would observe during the experiment.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Describe how you would show that both ammonia and carbon dioxide are formed in this
decomposition.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

13
(c) Ammonium carbonate is soluble in water but zinc carbonate is insoluble in water.
Describe how you would prepare a sample of pure, dry zinc carbonate using a solution of
ammonium carbonate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(d) Excess ammonium carbonate reacts with phosphoric acid, H3PO4.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

14
B7 Titanium can be manufactured by heating titanium(IV) chloride, TiCl 4, with magnesium.
(a) Construct the equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Explain why this reaction involves both oxidation and reduction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) What mass of titanium can be made from 125 g of titanium(IV) chloride?
mass of titanium = ...................................................... g [3]
(d) Which metal is the less reactive, magnesium or titanium?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

15
(e) Titanium(IV) chloride is a liquid with a low boiling point of 126 °C.
Suggest the structure and bonding of titanium(IV) chloride.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(f) Explain how titanium metal conducts electricity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
B8 The flow chart shows the steps involved in the manufacture of poly(propenenitrile).
crude oil
propene
propenenitrile
poly(propenenitrile)
(a) Long chain alkanes such as C17H36 can be cracked to form propene, C3H6.
Construct an equation to show the cracking of C17H36 to form propene.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The equation shows the reaction to make propenenitrile.
2C3H6(g) + 2NH3(g) + 3O2(g) 2C3H3N(g) + 6H2O(g)
Describe and explain what happens to the rate of this reaction if the temperature is increased.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

17
(c) The structure of propenenitrile is shown.
H H
C C
H C N
(i) Explain why propenenitrile is unsaturated.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe a chemical test to show that propenenitrile is unsaturated.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Draw part of the structure of poly(propenenitrile).
[2]
(e) A factory uses 1750 tonnes of propenenitrile to produce poly(propenenitrile).
The percentage yield is 95%.
Calculate the mass of poly(propenenitrile) produced.
mass of poly(propenenitrile) = ............................................. tonnes [2]
[Total: 10]

18
B9 Alkenes are a homologous series of unsaturated hydrocarbons.
The table shows information about some alkenes.
alkene molecular melting point boiling point

formula / °C / °C
ethene C2H4 –169 –105
butene C4H8 –185 –6
hexene C6H12 –140 63
decene C10H20 –66 171
dodecene C12H24 –35 214
(a) Decene is a liquid at 25 °C.
How can you make this deduction from the data in the table?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Butene boils at –6 °C.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain what happens when butene boils.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) A sample of ethene gas in a gas syringe is heated from 20 °C to 100 °C.
The pressure remains constant.
Describe and explain, in terms of the kinetic particle theory, what happens to the volume of
the gas.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) At room temperature ethene diffuses faster than butene.
Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

19
(e) Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, for two isomers with the molecular
formula C4H8.
[2]
(f) The structure of hexene is shown.
H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H H
Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, for the product of the reaction of
hexene with steam.
[1]
[Total: 10]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/M/J/15

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2015
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/M/J/15
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some

Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 5070 22
A1 (a) (i) C (1) [1]
(ii) A (1) [1]
(iii) F (1) [1]
(iv) G (1) [1]
(b) A AND B / A AND G (1) [1]
[Total: 5]
A2 (a) Fluorine (1) [1]
(b) (i) Bond breaking absorbs energy AND bond making releases energy / bond
breaking is endothermic AND bond making is exothermic (1)
Less energy absorbed than released / more energy released than absorbed /
endothermic energy change is less than exothermic energy change /
exothermic energy change is more than endothermic energy change (1) [2]
(ii) Moles of chlorine = 1.5 (1)
Energy released = 277.5 (kJ) (1) [2]
(c) (i) Unchanged / does not move (1)
Same number of moles (of gas) on both sides / equal volumes (of gases) on
both sides / equal number of molecules on both sides (of the equation) (1) [2]
(ii) Moves to the left / backward reaction favoured / moves to reactants / moves to
H2 or I2 (1)
(Forward) reaction is endothermic / reverse reaction is exothermic (1) [2]
(d) (i) HI → H+ + I– (1)

OR
H2O + HI → H3O+ + I– (1) [1]
(ii) Ca + 2HI → CaI2 + H2 [1]
(iii) CO32– + 2H+ → H2O + CO2 (1)

OR
CO32– + 2H+ → H2CO3 (1)
OR
CO32– + H+ → HCO3– (1) [1]
[Total: 12]

A3 (a) (Different) number of neutrons / (different) mass number / (different) nucleon

number / phosphorus 32 has one extra neutron / atomic mass / mass (1)
(Same) number of protons / (same) atomic number / both have 15 protons (1) [2]
(b) P4 (1) [1]
(c) (i) Weak intermolecular forces / weak attraction between molecules (1) [1]
(ii) No free electrons / no delocalised electrons / all electrons used in bonding / no

mobile electrons(1) [1]
(d)
number of neutrons 16 (1)
number of protons 15 (1)
electronic configuration 2,8,8 (1)

[3]
(e) All three shared pairs between H and P (1)
Rest of structure correct (1) [2]
(f) 2PH3 + 4O2 → P2O5 + 3H2O

Balancing – dependent on correct formulae (1) [2]
[Total: 12]
A4 (a) (i) B is SO2 (1) [1]
(ii)
S O
Mole 40 60
ratio 32 16
OR 1.25 OR 3.75
Simplified 1 3
ratio
Mole ratio line (1)
Empirical formula SO3 (1)
Sulfur trioxide / sulfur(VI) oxide (1) [3]

(iii) Fe2O3 (1) [1]
(b) Fe2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Fe(OH)2(s)

Equation (1)
State symbols – dependent on correct formulae (1) [2]
(c) Any soluble barium compound e.g. barium nitrate / barium chloride (1)
BaSO4 (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
A5 (a) (i) Mg2+ + 2e– → Mg (1)
2Cl – → Cl2 + 2e– (1) [2]
(b) (i) Impure copper (1) [1]
(ii) Pure copper (1) [1]
(c) Moles of NaCl = 55 × 3.5 OR 192.5 (1)
Moles of Cl2 = 96.25 / 96.3 / idea of dividing moles by 2 (1)
Volume = 2310 (dm3) (1) [3]
[Total: 7]
B6 (a) white solid disappears / pungent smell / condensation / colourless droplets (1) [1]
(b) For ammonia:

Test with (moist red) litmus (1)
turns blue (1)
OR
Test (with stopper / glass rod from) (concentrated) HCl (1)
white smoke / white fumes(1)
For carbon dioxide:

Test with lime-water (1)
Goes milky / cloudy / white precipitate / goes white (1) [4]

(c) Add soluble zinc compound / zinc chloride / zinc sulfate / zinc nitrate / other named
soluble zinc compound (1)
Filter (1)
NOTE: This mark can only be scored for filtration directly after mixing the
reagents and implying that it is the solid that is on the filter paper
Wash and (air) dry residue (1) [3]
(d) 3(NH4)2CO3 + 2H3PO4 → 2(NH4)3PO4 + 3CO2 + 3H2O

Balancing – dependent on correct formulae (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) TiCl4 + 2Mg → 2MgCl2 + Ti (1) [1]
(b) Reduction because Ti ions gain electrons / oxidation number of Ti decreases (1)
Oxidation since Mg loses electrons / oxidation number of Mg increases (1) [2]
(c) Mr of TiCl4 = 190 (1)
Moles of TiCl4 is 0.658 / % of Ti = 25.3 (1)
Mass of Ti = 31.6 (g) (1) [3]
(d) Titanium because magnesium can displace titanium (1) [1]
(e) (Simple) molecular / reference to molecules (1)
Covalent (1) [2]
(f) Electron(s) can move / has delocalised electron(s) (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) Any correct equation e.g.

C17H36 → C3H6 + C14H30 (1) [1]
(b) reaction is faster because particles are moving faster / rate increases because
particles have more energy (1)

more particles have energy above the activation energy / more effective
collisions / more fruitful collisions / more energetic collisions / more (chance of)
successful collisions (1) [2]
(c) (i) Has carbon-carbon double bond / has C=C bond (1) [1]
(ii) Add bromine (water) (1)
Goes from (orange / brown / red / red-brown) / to colourless / (bromine) is

decolourised (1) [2]
(d) H CN
│ │
C–C
│ │
H H
Correct repeat unit (1)
Free bonds at the end (1) [2]
(e) Maximum / predicted mass = 1750 (tonnes)
OR
95
1750 × (1)
100
Mass of product = 1662.5 (tonnes) (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) Melting point below 25 °C (1)

Boiling point above 25 °C (1) [2]
(b) Particles move faster / particles gain energy (1)
Particles spread out / move away from each other (1) [2]
(c) Volume of gas increases (1)
Particles spread out (1) [2]
(d) Ethene has a lower (relative) molecular mass / ethene has a lower formula mass /
or reverse argument (1) [1]

(e) ANY TWO FROM
H H H H
H
H C C H
H C C C
C H H C C H
H H
H (1) H H (1)
H
H C H
H C C
H
H C
H
H (1) [2]
(f)
H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H H H OH
OR
H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H H OH H (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

* 8 2 6 1 4 4 9 6 4 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (ST/AR) 89271/3
2
Section A
A1 Choose from the following organic compounds to answer the questions below.
butane
butanoic acid
butyl ethanoate
ethanol
ethyl butanoate
methane
methanol
methyl propanoate
propane
propanoic acid
propanol
(a) Name a compound that reacts with magnesium to make hydrogen.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Which compound can be oxidised to make propanoic acid?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Name two compounds that react together to make an ester.
.................................................................... and ...................................................................[1]
(d) Which compound has the following structure?
H H H H H
H C C C C O C C H
H H H O H H
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Name a compound which has a molecule with eleven atoms only.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15
3
A2 Some calcium compounds are used by farmers.
(a) Calcium hydroxide dissolves in water to form limewater.
When carbon dioxide is bubbled through limewater, a white precipitate of calcium carbonate
is formed.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Calcium hydroxide is used to neutralise acidic soils.
Explain, using an ionic equation, why calcium hydroxide can neutralise acidic soils.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) A farmer uses ammonium nitrate as a fertiliser on an acidic soil.
He then uses calcium hydroxide to neutralise the acidic soil.
Explain one disadvantage of using calcium hydroxide to neutralise this acidic soil.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) The farmer uses another fertiliser.
This fertiliser has the following percentage composition by mass.
Ca, 17.1%; H, 1.7%; P, 26.5%; O, 54.7%
Calculate the empirical formula of this compound and suggest the formula of the anion
present in the fertiliser.
empirical formula is ...............................................................
anion is ...........................................................[4]
[Total: 9]
4
A3 Ozone molecules are continually being broken down and formed in the upper atmosphere.
(a) The equation shows one way in which ozone is formed in the upper atmosphere.
O2 + O O3 ΔH = –392 kJ / mol
(i) Explain, in terms of bond breaking and bond forming, why this reaction is exothermic.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) When one mole of oxygen molecules reacts, 392 kJ of energy is released.
Calculate the amount of energy released when 48.0 g of oxygen molecules react.
energy released = ..................................................... kJ [2]
(b) Name a pollutant that depletes ozone in the upper atmosphere.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

5
(c) Ozone molecules decompose into oxygen molecules in a reversible reaction.
2O3(g) 3O2(g) ΔH = +143 kJ / mol
The reaction reaches an equilibrium if carried out in a closed system.
(i) The reaction is studied at a temperature of 400 °C.

Describe and explain what happens to the position of equilibrium if the pressure is
increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The reaction is studied at 25 atmospheres pressure.

Describe and explain what happens to the position of equilibrium if the temperature is
decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Describe and explain what will happen to the rate of the reaction if the temperature is
decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 11]

6
32 33
A4 Two isotopes of sulfur are 16S and 16S.
(a) What is meant by the term isotopes ?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
33
(b) Complete the table for 16S.
number of neutrons
…………………………
number of protons
…………………………
electronic configuration
…………………………
[3]
(c) Sulfur forms simple molecules which have a relative molecular mass of 256.
Suggest the formula of a sulfur molecule.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Sulfur has a low melting point and does not conduct electricity.
(i) Explain why sulfur has a low melting point.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why sulfur does not conduct electricity.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

7
(e) Sulfur reacts with potassium to form potassium sulfide.
Write the formula and the electronic configuration of the positive ion and of the negative ion in
potassium sulfide.
positive ion
formula .................................. electronic configuration ..................................
negative ion
formula .................................. electronic configuration ..................................

[2]
(f) Sulfur reacts with hydrogen to form hydrogen sulfide, H2S.
Draw the ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in a molecule of hydrogen sulfide.
[2]
(g) Hydrogen sulfide reacts with sulfur dioxide to form sulfur and water.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 12]

8
A5 The flow chart shows some reactions of copper(II) nitrate, Cu(NO3)2.
black solid brown gas colourless gas that relights

CuO(s) A a glowing splint
B
heat strongly
Cu(NO3)2(s)
dissolve in water
Cu(NO3)2(aq)
reagent X warm with NaOH(aq)

and Al(s)
green ppt colourless gas light blue ppt

CuCO3(s) C D
(a) When two moles of Cu(NO3)2 is heated strongly, two moles of CuO, four moles of A and one
mole of B are made.
(i) Write the formula for B.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the action of heat on Cu(NO3)2.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

9
(b) Aqueous copper(II) nitrate is warmed with aqueous sodium hydroxide and aluminium powder.
Name C and D.
C is ............................................................................................................................................
D is ............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Suggest the name of reagent X and construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, for the
formation of the green precipitate, CuCO3(s).
name of reagent X ....................................................................................................................
ionic equation ............................................................................................................................

[3]
[Total: 8]

10
Section B
B6 An aqueous solution of ammonium nitrite, NH4NO2, decomposes when heated gently.
NH4NO2(aq) N2(g) + 2H2O(l)
(a) Describe how you could show that aqueous ammonium nitrite contains ammonium ions.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) A sample of 25.0 cm3 of 0.500 mol / dm3 aqueous ammonium nitrite is heated.
Calculate the volume of nitrogen formed, measured at room temperature and pressure.
volume of nitrogen = ...........................................................[3]
(c) Ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, decomposes when heated, in a similar way to ammonium nitrite.
Suggest the formulae of the two products made in this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

11
(d) Describe how a pure sample of aqueous ammonium nitrate can be prepared from dilute
nitric acid.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Molybdenum is a transition element.
It is used to make steel that is extremely hard.
Molybdenum can be manufactured by heating together molybdenum(VI) oxide, MoO3, and

aluminium.
(a) Construct the equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Explain why this reaction involves both oxidation and reduction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) What mass of molybdenum can be made from 125 g of molybdenum(VI) oxide?
[A r: Mo, 96]
mass of molybdenum = ....................................................... g [3]
(d) Which metal is the less reactive, aluminium or molybdenum?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

13
(e) Molybdenum has a melting point of 2623 °C.
(i) Describe metallic bonding, with the aid of a labelled diagram.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest why molybdenum has a much higher melting point than aluminium.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Large quantities of poly(chloroethene) are manufactured annually.
The flow chart shows the steps involved in the manufacture of poly(chloroethene).
crude oil salt solution
ethene chlorine
dichloroethane
chloroethene
poly(chloroethene)
(a) Name the two processes used to manufacture ethene from crude oil.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The salt solution is electrolysed using a carbon anode (positive electrode).
Write the equation for the reaction occurring at the anode.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of the dichloroethane.
[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

15
(d) When dichloroethane, C2H4Cl 2, is heated strongly chloroethene, C2H3Cl , is formed.
Name the other product of this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) The structure of chloroethene is shown.
H H
C C
H Cl
Draw part of the structure of poly(chloroethene).
[2]
(f) A factory uses 2250 tonnes of chloroethene to make poly(chloroethene).
(i) Deduce the maximum mass of poly(chloroethene) the factory could make.
maximum mass = .............................................. tonnes [1]
(ii) The actual yield of poly(chloroethene) is 2175 tonnes.

Calculate the percentage yield.
percentage yield = ...................................................... % [2]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Alkanes are a homologous series of saturated hydrocarbons.
The table shows information about some alkanes.
alkane molecular melting point boiling point

formula / °C / °C
ethane C2H6 –183 –89
butane C4H10 –138 0
hexane C6H14 –95 69
decane C10H22 –30 174
dodecane C12H26 –10 216
(a) Dodecane is a liquid at 25 °C.
How can you make this deduction from the data in the table?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Butane melts at –138 °C.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain what happens when butane melts.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) A sample of ethane gas at 0 °C is at a pressure of 1 atmosphere.
The pressure is increased but the temperature is maintained at 0 °C.
Describe and explain, in terms of the kinetic particle theory, what happens to the volume of
the gas.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

17
(d) Suggest a method of separating a mixture of hexane, decane and dodecane.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, for two isomers with the molecular
formula C4H10.
[2]
(f) The structure of hexane is shown.
H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H H H H
Draw the structure, showing all the atoms and all the bonds, of an organic product of the
reaction of hexane with chlorine.
[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/M/J/15

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2015
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/M/J/15
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2015 series for most

A1 (a) Butanoic acid / propanoic acid (1) [1]
(b) Propanol (1) [1]
(c) Ethanol / methanol / propanol [1]

AND
Butanoic acid / propanoic acid (1)
(d) Ethyl butanoate (1) [1]
(e) Propane / propanoic acid (1) [1]
[Total: 5]
A2 (a) Ca(OH)2 + CO2 CaCO3 + H2O (1) [1]
(b) Calcium hydroxide is a base / calcium hydroxide is an alkali / calcium hydroxide

contains OH– (1)
H+ + OH– H2O (1) [2]
(c) Reacts (with ammonium nitrate) to give ammonia (1)
Reduces nitrogen content of soil / ammonia escapes into the air (1) [2]
(d)
Ca H P O
Mole 17.1 1.7 26.5 54.7
/ / / ./
ratio 40 1 31 16
0.4275 1.7 0.8548 3.419
Simplified 0.4275 1.7 0.8548 3.419
.
ratio 0.4275 0.4275 0.4275 0.4275
/ / / /
1 4 2 8
Mole ratio line (1) Simplified ratio line (1)

Empirical formula CaH4P2O8 (1)
Anion H2PO4– / H4P2O82– / PO43–(1) [4]
[Total: 9]

A3 (a) (i) Bond breaking absorbs energy and bond making releases energy / bond
breaking is endothermic and bond making is exothermic (1)
Less energy absorbed than released / more energy released than

absorbed / endothermic energy change is less than exothermic energy
change / exothermic energy change is more than endothermic energy
change (1) [2]
(ii) Moles of oxygen = 1.5 (1)

Energy released = 588 (1) [2]
(b) CFC / oxides of nitrogen / nitric oxide (1) [1]
(c) (i) Moves to the left / moves to reactants / moves to ozone / backward reaction
favoured (1)
More moles (of gas) on right / fewer moles (of gas) on left / more molecules
on right / more volume (of gas) on right (1) [2]
(ii) Moves to the left / moves to reactants / moves to ozone / backward reaction
favoured (1)
(Forward) reaction is endothermic / reverse reaction is exothermic (1) [2]
(iii) Reaction is slower because particles are moving slower / rate decreases
because particles have less energy (1)
There are fewer successful collisions / fewer particles have energy above the
activation energy (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A4 (a) Atoms with same number of protons and different number of neutrons / atoms
with same atomic number and different mass number (1) [1]
(b) number of neutrons 17 (1)

number of protons 16 (1)
electronic configuration 2.8.6 (1) [3]
(c) S8 (1) [1]
(d) (i) Weak intermolecular forces / weak attraction between molecules (1) [1]
(ii) No free electrons / no delocalised electrons / all electrons used in bonding / no

mobile electrons (1) [1]
(e) K+ and 2.8.8 (1)

S2– and 2.8.8 (1) [2]

(f) Both shared pairs between H and S (1)

Rest of structure correct (1) [2]
(g) 2H2S + SO2 3S + 2H2O (1) [1]
[Total: 12]
A5 (a) (i) B is O2 (1) [1]
(ii) 2Cu(NO3)2 2CuO + 4NO2 + O2
Identification of NO2 as a product (1)

Balanced equation (1) [2]
(b) C is ammonia (1)

D is copper(II) hydroxide (1) [2]
(c) Any soluble carbonate e.g. sodium carbonate / potassium carbonate / ammonium
carbonate (1)
Cu2+(aq) + CO32–(aq) CuCO3(s)

State symbols – dependent on formulae (1) [3]
[Total: 8]
B6 (a) Add sodium hydroxide (and warm) (1)

Ammonia formed / gas that turns most red litmus paper blue (1) [2]
(b) Moles of NH4NO2 = 0.025 × 0.500 OR 0.0125 (1)

Moles of N2 = 0.0125 (1)
Volume of N2 = 0.3 dm3 / 300 cm3 (1) [3]
(c) N2O and H2O (1) [1]
(d) Use of ammonia / ammonium carbonate (1)

Use titration / add acid or alkali via a burette to other chemical (1)
Note volume of acid or alkali used / find reacting volume / find the end-point (1)
Repeat without the use of an indicator (using the same volumes) / heat
neutralised solution with carbon and then filter (1) [4]
[Total: 10]

B7 (a) MoO3 + 2Al Al2O3 + Mo (1) [1]
(b) Reduction since MoO3 loses oxygen AND

Oxidation since Al gains oxygen (1) [1]
(c) Mr of MoO3 = 144 (1)

Moles of MoO3 is 0.868 (1)
Mass of Mo = 83.3 (g) (1) [3]
(d) Molybdenum because aluminium can displace it (1) [1]
(e) (i) Closely packed metal ions (1)

Delocalised electrons / free electrons / sea of electrons (1) [2]
(ii) ANY TWO FROM

(Much) strong(er) attraction between electrons and positive ions (1)
Needs more energy to break the attraction / needs more heat to overcome
the attraction (1)
Greater charge on cation (1)
More delocalised electrons (1) [2]
[Total: 10]

B8 (a) Fractional distillation (1)
Cracking (1) [2]
(b) 2Cl – Cl2 + 2e– (1) [1]
(c)
Cl Cl
H C C H
H H (1) [1]
(d) Hydrogen chloride (1) [1]
(e)
Cl H
C C
H H
Correct repeat unit (1)

Free bonds at the end (1) [2]
(f) (i) Maximum mass = 2250 (tonnes) (1) [1]
2175
(ii) % yield = × 100 (1)
2250
% yield = 96.7 (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) Melting point below 25 °C (1)

Boiling point above 25 °C (1) [2]
(b) Particles’ movement changes from vibrating to (translational) movement /

gain kinetic energy / particles move faster (1)
Arrangement of particles becomes random / intermolecular forces are overcome (1) [2]
(c) Volume is decreased (1)

Particles become closer together / space between particles decreases (1) [2]
(d) Fractional distillation

AND
Have different boiling points (1) [1]

(e)
H
H H
H C
C
C H
H H H H
H
H H
H C C C C H C
H
H H H H (1) H (1) [2]
(f) Any correct structure with one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by a
chlorine (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

* 5 7 4 8 0 5 2 9 4 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (LK/SW) 121880/5 R
2
Section A
aluminium
argon
carbon
copper
iodine
iron
lead
magnesium
nitrogen
oxygen
sulfur
Each of these elements can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which element
(a) has an ion which, in aqueous solution, reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to give a
red-brown precipitate,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) has an atom with an electronic configuration with only five occupied electron shells,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) has an oxide which decolourises acidified potassium manganate(VII),
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) has a sulfate which is insoluble in water,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) provides an inert atmosphere for the extraction of reactive metals,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(f) produces ammonia when it is warmed with an aqueous mixture of sodium nitrate and
sodium hydroxide?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

3
A2 Plants contain many different types of carbon compounds.
(a) Carbon compounds are made in plants by photosynthesis.
Write the overall equation for photosynthesis and state the conditions required for this process.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Starch is a polymer found in plants.

Starch can be hydrolysed.
(i) Give the name of the product formed when starch is hydrolysed.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Give the reagent and conditions needed to hydrolyse starch.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
(c) When wood chips are heated in the absence of air, a colourless distillate is formed.
wood
chips
cold water
heat
distillate
The distillate contains ethanoic acid, esters and other organic compounds.
(i) Ethanoic acid reacts with calcium hydroxide to form a salt and water.
Give the name and formula of the salt formed.
name .................................................................................................................................
formula ..........................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) One of the esters in the distillate has the molecular formula, C4H8O2.
Draw the structure of an ester with this formula, showing all the atoms and all the bonds.
[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

5
(iii) The distillate also contains a compound with the following composition.

carbon 37.5
hydrogen 12.5
oxygen 50.0
Deduce the empirical formula of this compound.
empirical formula ...........................................................[2]
[Total: 11]

6
A3 Water for use in the home is treated using carbon and chlorine.
(a) Explain the purpose of using carbon and chlorine in water treatment.
carbon ........................................................................................................................................
chlorine ..................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) In some parts of the world, drinking water is purified by desalination.
What is meant by the term desalination?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) River water may contain pollutants from agricultural sources.

These pollutants may cause eutrophication.
Give the names of two anions present in fertilisers which contribute to eutrophication.
................................................................ and ...................................................................... [1]
(d) An aqueous solution of barium chloride is added to a sample of water which contains
sulfate ions. A white precipitate forms.
Construct an ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

7
A4 Iron is extracted in a blast furnace. The raw materials required are
• iron ore, which contains iron(III) oxide, Fe2O3 ,

• limestone,
• coke (carbon),
• air.
(a) The coke first burns in air to form carbon dioxide.

The carbon dioxide is then reduced by coke to produce carbon monoxide.
The carbon monoxide reduces the iron(III) oxide to iron.
Write equations for
(i) the reduction of carbon dioxide by coke,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) the reduction of iron(III) oxide to iron by carbon monoxide.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Why is limestone added to the blast furnace?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Another ore of iron contains an oxide with the formula Fe3O4.
Calculate the percentage by mass of iron in Fe3O4.
[2]

8
(d) Iron can be obtained by the electrolysis of an aqueous acidified solution of iron(II) sulfate.
The reactions at the electrodes are given.
at the anode (positive electrode): 4OH– O2 + 2H2O + 4e–
at the cathode (negative electrode): Fe2+ + 2e– Fe
Which reaction is oxidation and which is reduction? Explain your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Attaching magnesium strips to the iron hulls of ships can lower their rate of rusting.
Explain how the magnesium stops the iron from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(f) Aqueous iron(II) chloride is one of the products formed when iron reacts with hydrochloric
acid.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

9
A5 (a) Two students set up tubes as shown.
cotton wool soaked in

concentrated hydrochloric acid
tube 1
cotton wool soaked in

concentrated hydrobromic acid blue litmus paper
tube 2
Concentrated hydrochloric acid produces fumes of hydrogen chloride.

Concentrated hydrobromic acid produces fumes of hydrogen bromide.
Four minutes after setting up the experiment, the litmus paper in tube 1 turns red.
Seven minutes after setting up the experiment, the litmus paper in tube 2 turns red.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain
(i) how the gases move through the tubes,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) why the gases take different times to reach the litmus paper.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

10
(b) A gas syringe is filled with 80 cm3 of hydrogen chloride gas at 20 °C.
The syringe is placed in some hot water at 50 °C.
The atmospheric pressure does not change but the volume of the gas in the syringe increases
to 88 cm3.
hot water
hydrogen 88 cm3
80 cm3
chloride
hydrogen
blocked
20 °C 50 °C chloride
syringe end
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain why the volume increases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

11
A6 When one mole of sulfur burns, 247 kJ of energy is released.
S(s) + O2(g) SO2(g)
(a) Calculate the energy released when 9.60 g of sulfur is burnt.
[2]
(b) When sulfur dioxide is passed through aqueous sodium hydroxide, sodium hydrogensulfite is
formed. Sodium hydrogensulfite contains the hydrogensulfite ion, HSO3–.
Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) The hydrogensulfite ion is a weaker acid than ethanoic acid.
Samples of 0.1 g of magnesium are added separately to 0.1 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid and
0.1 mol / dm3 hydrogensulfite ions.
Explain why the reaction is faster with ethanoic acid.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Calculate the volume of 0.10 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide which contains 3.2 g of
sodium hydroxide.
volume of aqueous sodium hydroxide = ..................... cm3 [2]
[Total: 7]

12
Section B
B7 The structures of diamond and silicon dioxide are shown.
silicon atom
oxygen atom
diamond silicon dioxide
(a) Describe one similarity in the structures of diamond and silicon dioxide.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Explain why silicon dioxide has a high melting point.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Silicon dioxide reacts with hot concentrated sodium hydroxide to form sodium silicate,
Na2SiO3.
Deduce the formula of the silicate ion.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Explain why diamond does not conduct electricity.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Graphite is a form of carbon which conducts electricity.

Graphite is used as electrodes in electrolysis.
What is the meaning of the term electrolysis?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

13
(f) Aluminium is extracted by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite.
Construct the equation for the reaction at
(i) the anode (positive electrode),
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) the cathode (negative electrode).
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
29
(g) An isotope of silicon is represented by the symbol 14 Si.
Deduce the number of protons and neutrons in this isotope.
number of protons .....................................................................................................................
number of neutrons ...............................................................................................................[1]
(h) Silicon has a relative atomic mass of 28.
Define the term relative atomic mass.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Chlorine reacts with sodium hydroxide.
Cl 2(g) + 2NaOH(aq) NaCl (aq) + NaClO(aq) + H2O(l)
(a) A volume of 144 cm3 of chlorine gas, measured at room temperature and pressure, is passed
into 38.0 cm3 of 0.250 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide.
Show by calculation which reactant is in excess.
[3]
(b) Chlorine displaces bromine from an aqueous solution of potassium bromide.
(i) Construct the equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain why bromine does not react with aqueous potassium chloride.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Give the charge of a chloride ion and its electronic configuration.
charge ...............................................................................................................................
electronic configuration .................................................................................................[2]
(c) Explain why sodium chloride does not conduct electricity when solid but does conduct
electricity when molten.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

16
B9 When rubber is heated in the absence of air, a small amount of isoprene is formed. The structure
of isoprene is shown.
H C H
H H
C C C C
H H
H
(a) Isoprene is an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
Describe a test for an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Isoprene is a liquid at 25 °C.
Describe the arrangement and motion of the particles in isoprene at 25 °C.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Isoprene reacts with sulfur dioxide to form methylsulfolene.
C5H8 + SO2 C5H8SO2

isoprene methylsulfolene
Calculate the maximum mass of methylsulfolene that can be formed from 100 g of isoprene.
mass of methylsulfolene = ................ g [3]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

17
(d) (i) What feature of the isoprene molecule is responsible for it forming an addition polymer?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Perspex is also an addition polymer.

The diagram shows part of the polymer chain of Perspex.
CO2CH3 CO2CH3 CO2CH3
CH2 C CH2 C CH2 C
CH3 CH3 CH3
Deduce the formula of the monomer used to make Perspex.
[2]
[Total: 10]

18
B10 At 200 °C and 200 atmospheres pressure, phosphorus(V) chloride forms an equilibrium mixture
with phosphorus(III) chloride and chlorine.
PCl 5(g) PCl 3(g) + Cl 2(g)

phosphorus(V) phosphorus(III)
chloride chloride
(a) Predict and explain the effect of decreasing the pressure on the position of this equilibrium.
The temperature remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Predict and explain the effect of increasing the concentration of chlorine on the position of this
equilibrium.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The table shows the percentage of phosphorus(III) chloride in the equilibrium mixture at
different temperatures. The pressure is the same in each case.
temperature / °C % PCl3 in the mixture

200 48
300 95
400 99
(i) Describe how the composition of this equilibrium mixture changes with temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain what this tells you about the energy change in this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

19
(d) How is the position of equilibrium affected by the presence of a catalyst?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) The rate of this reaction increases with increase in temperature.

Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(f) Phosphorus(V) chloride reacts with water. Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, and hydrogen chloride
are formed.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2015
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Tin Antimony Tellurium Xenon
5070/22/O/N/15
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2015 series for most

A1 (a) iron (1) [1]
(b) iodine (1) [1]
(c) sulfur (1) [1]
(d) lead (1) [1]
(e) argon (1) [1]
(f) aluminium / magnesium (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) 6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2 (2) [3]

1 mark for correct reactants and products
1 mark for correct balancing (dependent on correct reactants and products)
conditions: chlorophyll and light (1)
(b) (i) glucose / sugars (1) [1]
(ii) EITHER [2]

acid (1)
heat / reflux (1)
OR
enzymes / amylase (1)

REJECT: other named enzymes which do not hydrolyse starch
at room temperature / temperature any value between 1 °C and 40 °C / pH 7 (1)
(c) (i) calcium ethanoate (1) [2]

(CH3COO)2Ca / correct displayed formula (1)
(ii) CH3COOC2H5 shown as displayed formula (1) [1]

or
C2H5COOCH3 shown as displayed formula (1)
or
HCOOC3H7 shown as displayed formula (1)
or
HCOOCH(CH3)2 shown as displayed formula (1)

(iii) 1 mark for

C = 37.5 / 12 H = 12.5 / 1 O = 50 / 16 [2]
or
= 3.125 = 12.5 = 3.125
1 mark for
3.125 12.5 3.125
3.125 3.125 3.125
or
1 4 1
or
CH4O
[Total: 11]
A3 (a) carbon for removing smells / removing odours / for removing tastes / so it tastes [2]
better (1)
chlorine to kill bacteria / to kill microbes / to kill micro-organisms (1)
(b) removal of salt / removal of minerals from (sea) water (1) [1]
(c) nitrate and phosphate (1) [1]
(d) Ba2+(aq) + SO42–(aq) → BaSO4(s) (2) [2]

1 mark for correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae)
[Total: 6]
A4 (a) (i) CO2 + C → 2CO (1) [1]
(ii) Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2 (1) [1]
(b) to form calcium oxide / to make calcium oxide (1) [1]
56 × 3
(c) ( × 100 =) 72.4 % or 72% (2) [2]
232
2 marks for correct percentage

OR 1 mark for 232 or ((56 × 3) + (16 × 4)) as denominator, or (56 × 3) or 168 as
numerator

(d) anode reaction is oxidation as loss of electrons (1) [2]

OR
anode reaction is oxidation as oxidation number of oxygen increases (1)
cathode reaction is reduction as gain of electrons (1)

OR
cathode reaction is reduction as oxidation number (of iron) decreases (1)
(e) 1 mark each for any two of: [2]

• magnesium more reactive than iron / magnesium higher in the reactivity
series
• magnesium reacts instead of iron / magnesium corrodes instead of iron /
magnesium corrodes preferentially
• magnesium loses electrons instead of iron
(f) Fe + 2HCl → FeCl2 + H2 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) (i) 1 mark each for any two of: [2]

• diffusion
• molecules move randomly / molecules spread out / molecules get mixed
up
• (bulk movement of molecules) from high to low concentration / with the
concentration gradient
(ii) they have different relative molecular masses / they have different molar [1]
masses (1)
(b) molecules or particles move faster at higher temperature (or reverse argument) / [2]
molecules or particles have more (kinetic) energy at higher temperature (1)
molecules spread out / molecules move further away from each other (on
average) / space between molecules increases (1)
[Total: 5]

A6 (a) 9.60 / 32 or 0.3(0) mol S (1) [2]

(247 × 0.30) = 74.1 (kJ) or 74 (kJ) (1)
(b) SO2 + OH– → HSO3– (1) [1]
(c) higher concentration of H+ ions in ethanoic acid / more crowded H+ ions in [2]
ethanoic acid (or reverse argument) (1)
collision frequency greater in ethanoic acid (or reverse argument) (1)
3.2
(d) 3.2 g NaOH = or 0.08 mol (1) [2]
40
(0.08 / 0.1) = 0.8 dm3 or 800 (cm3) (1)
[Total: 7]
B7 (a) (atoms) arranged tetrahedrally / tetrahedral (structure) / (bent) hexagonal [1]

(structure) / four atoms round carbon and four atoms round silicon / both giant
(structures) / both lattices / both macromolecules / each has one atoms surrounded
by four others (1)
(b) giant structure / lattice (1) [2]
(all) bonds are strong / takes a lot of energy to break bonds / needs high
temperature to break the bonds (1)
(c) SiO32– (1) [1]
(d) no mobile electrons / does not have delocalised electrons / does not have free [1]
electrons / all electrons are used in bonding (1)
(e) breakdown / decomposition of substance using electric current (1) [1]
(f) (i) 2O2– → O2 + 4e– (1) [1]
(ii) Al 3+ + 3e– → Al (1) [1]
(g) protons 14 and neutrons 15 (1) [1]
(h) (weighted) mass of atom on scale where carbon-12 atom weighs 12 units / idea of [1]
mass of an atom comparison with C-12 atom (1)
[Total: 10]

B8 (a) 6 × 10–3 mol Cl2 (1) [3]
9.5 × 10–3 mol NaOH (1)
mol NaOH required to react with all chlorine = 12 × 10–3 or mol Cl needed to
react with NaOH = 4.7(5) × 10–3
AND
Cl2 in excess (1)
(b) (i) Cl2 + 2KBr → Br2 + 2KCl (2) [2]

1 mark for balancing (dependent on correct formulae)
(ii) chlorine more reactive than bromine / chlorine above bromine in reactivity [1]
series (or reverse argument)
(iii) –1 or Cl – or – (1) [2]
2,8,8 (1)
(c) in solid, the ions are in fixed positions / ions do not move (1) [2]
when molten, the ions can move (1)
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) bromine water / aqueous bromine / bromine (1) [2]

decolourises / goes colourless (1)
(b) arrangement: not ordered / disordered / no fixed arrangement / no fixed position / [2]
random / irregular (shape) (1)
motion: slide over each other / move over each other (1)
(c) correct molar masses of isoprene and methylsulfolene: 68 AND 132 or 68 + 64 (1) [3]
100/68 or 1.47 mol isoprene (1)
(× 132) = 194.1 g methylsulfolene (1)
(d) (i) double bond / C=C (bond) (1) [1]
(ii) CO2CH3 [2]

|
CH2 = C (2)
|
CH3
1 mark for CH2=C correct; 1 mark for rest of molecule correct
[Total: 10]

B10 (a) position of equilibrium moves to the right / moves in forward direction / moves to [2]
the product side / moves to make more PCl3 / moves to make more Cl2 (1)
(if pressure decreases) reaction goes in direction of increasing number of moles

(in stoichiometric) equation) / goes in direction of more moles of products /
products have larger (gas) volume than reactants (1)
(b) position of equilibrium moves to left moves in backward direction (1) [2]
to reduce the concentration of added substance / to reduce the concentration of

chlorine (1)
(c) (i) increasing temperature increases the % of PCl3 (or reverse argument) (1) [1]
(ii) reaction is endothermic (because as temperature increases the amount of product [1]
increases) (1)
(d) no effect / position of equilibrium remains the same (1) [1]
(e) molecules move faster / molecules have more energy (1) [2]
more molecules have energy greater than activation energy (1)
(f) PCl5 + 4H2O → H3PO4 + 5HCl [1]
[Total: 10]

Paper 2 Chem 2010-2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Paper 2 Chem 2010-2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Past Papers

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 20.

This document consists of 17 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

The total mark for this section is 45.

A1 Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions below.

(a) is responsible for ozone depletion,

(b) is formed by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter,

(c) is used to remove sulfur dioxide in flue gas desulfurisation,

(d) is an insoluble salt,

(e) is orange in colour,

(f) decolourises aqueous bromine?

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

(b) Complete the following table about an atom of francium.

mass number 223

proton (atomic) number

(c) Predict two physical properties of francium.

(d) A scientist predicts that francium reacts violently with water.

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10 [Turn over

zinc hydrochloric acid

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10 [Turn over

electricity but diamond does not.

electrolyte product at cathode product at anode

dilute sulfuric acid oxygen

(d) Describe one commercial use of electrolysis.

electrolyte used ................................................................................................................

ionic equation for reaction at the cathode ........................................................................

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

A5 Ethanol, C2H5OH, can be manufactured by two different processes. For

• process 2 – the fermentation of glucose

(a) Name the type of reaction used to manufacture ethene.

(b) (i) Write the equation for process 1.

(c) The equation for process 2 is shown below.

C6H12O6(aq) 2C2H5OH(aq) + 2CO2(g)

(i) Describe two essential conditions required for efficient fermentation.

(ii) Suggest one advantage of manufacturing ethanol by process 2 rather than by

observation ................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10 [Turn over

(i) Name this type of polymer.

(iii) Explain why this polymer is described as a saturated hydrocarbon.

(b) Suggest why this polymer is not destroyed in water.

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

The total mark for this section is 30.

This reaction is highly exothermic.

volume of oxygen = .............................. dm3 [3]

(d) Hydrazine, N2H4, has similar chemical properties to ammonia. For

(ii) Hydrazine is a covalent compound. Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for hydrazine.

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10 [Turn over

B8 An ester is made from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol. For

the following percentage composition by mass:

(a) (i) Suggest a possible name for the carboxylic acid.

(ii) Draw a possible structure for the carboxylic acid.

(iii) What is the empirical formula for the carboxylic acid?

(b) Calculate the empirical formula for the alcohol.

(ii) Suggest one commercial use of this ester.

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10

(d) Terylene is a polyester used to make clothing materials. For

(ii) Which type of natural macromolecule contains the ester linkage?

© UCLES 2010 5070/22/M/J/10 [Turn over

H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = +53 kJ mol–1

(a) What is meant by the term redox reaction?

maximum mass of hydrogen iodide = .................................. g [3]